CN118306280A - Convertible infant safety car seat assembly - Google Patents
Convertible infant safety car seat assembly Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- CN118306280A CN118306280A CN202311619044.8A CN202311619044A CN118306280A CN 118306280 A CN118306280 A CN 118306280A CN 202311619044 A CN202311619044 A CN 202311619044A CN 118306280 A CN118306280 A CN 118306280A
- Authority
- CN
- China
- Prior art keywords
- seat
- assembly
- state
- zipper
- strut
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Pending
Links
Classifications
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B62—LAND VEHICLES FOR TRAVELLING OTHERWISE THAN ON RAILS
- B62B—HAND-PROPELLED VEHICLES, e.g. HAND CARTS OR PERAMBULATORS; SLEDGES
- B62B9/00—Accessories or details specially adapted for children's carriages or perambulators
- B62B9/10—Perambulator bodies; Equipment therefor
- B62B9/14—Equipment protecting from environmental influences, e.g. Hoods; Weather screens; Cat nets
- B62B9/142—Equipment protecting from environmental influences, e.g. Hoods; Weather screens; Cat nets by flexible canopies, covers or nets
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
- B60N—SEATS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLES; VEHICLE PASSENGER ACCOMMODATION NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- B60N2/00—Seats specially adapted for vehicles; Arrangement or mounting of seats in vehicles
- B60N2/24—Seats specially adapted for vehicles; Arrangement or mounting of seats in vehicles for particular purposes or particular vehicles
- B60N2/26—Seats specially adapted for vehicles; Arrangement or mounting of seats in vehicles for particular purposes or particular vehicles for children
- B60N2/28—Seats readily mountable on, and dismountable from, existing seats or other parts of the vehicle
- B60N2/2842—Seats readily mountable on, and dismountable from, existing seats or other parts of the vehicle adapted to carry the child, when dismounted from the vehicle
- B60N2/2848—Seats readily mountable on, and dismountable from, existing seats or other parts of the vehicle adapted to carry the child, when dismounted from the vehicle being convertible or adaptable to a preambulator, e.g. a baby-carriage or a push-chair
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
- B60N—SEATS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLES; VEHICLE PASSENGER ACCOMMODATION NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- B60N2/00—Seats specially adapted for vehicles; Arrangement or mounting of seats in vehicles
- B60N2/24—Seats specially adapted for vehicles; Arrangement or mounting of seats in vehicles for particular purposes or particular vehicles
- B60N2/26—Seats specially adapted for vehicles; Arrangement or mounting of seats in vehicles for particular purposes or particular vehicles for children
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B60—VEHICLES IN GENERAL
- B60N—SEATS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR VEHICLES; VEHICLE PASSENGER ACCOMMODATION NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
- B60N2/00—Seats specially adapted for vehicles; Arrangement or mounting of seats in vehicles
- B60N2/24—Seats specially adapted for vehicles; Arrangement or mounting of seats in vehicles for particular purposes or particular vehicles
- B60N2/26—Seats specially adapted for vehicles; Arrangement or mounting of seats in vehicles for particular purposes or particular vehicles for children
- B60N2/28—Seats readily mountable on, and dismountable from, existing seats or other parts of the vehicle
- B60N2/2842—Seats readily mountable on, and dismountable from, existing seats or other parts of the vehicle adapted to carry the child, when dismounted from the vehicle
- B60N2/2845—Seats readily mountable on, and dismountable from, existing seats or other parts of the vehicle adapted to carry the child, when dismounted from the vehicle having handles
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B62—LAND VEHICLES FOR TRAVELLING OTHERWISE THAN ON RAILS
- B62B—HAND-PROPELLED VEHICLES, e.g. HAND CARTS OR PERAMBULATORS; SLEDGES
- B62B7/00—Carriages for children; Perambulators, e.g. dolls' perambulators
- B62B7/04—Carriages for children; Perambulators, e.g. dolls' perambulators having more than one wheel axis; Steering devices therefor
- B62B7/12—Carriages for children; Perambulators, e.g. dolls' perambulators having more than one wheel axis; Steering devices therefor convertible, e.g. into children's furniture or toy
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B62—LAND VEHICLES FOR TRAVELLING OTHERWISE THAN ON RAILS
- B62B—HAND-PROPELLED VEHICLES, e.g. HAND CARTS OR PERAMBULATORS; SLEDGES
- B62B9/00—Accessories or details specially adapted for children's carriages or perambulators
- B62B9/10—Perambulator bodies; Equipment therefor
- B62B9/12—Perambulator bodies; Equipment therefor involving parts that are adjustable, attachable or detachable
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B62—LAND VEHICLES FOR TRAVELLING OTHERWISE THAN ON RAILS
- B62B—HAND-PROPELLED VEHICLES, e.g. HAND CARTS OR PERAMBULATORS; SLEDGES
- B62B9/00—Accessories or details specially adapted for children's carriages or perambulators
- B62B9/20—Handle bars; Handles
-
- B—PERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
- B62—LAND VEHICLES FOR TRAVELLING OTHERWISE THAN ON RAILS
- B62B—HAND-PROPELLED VEHICLES, e.g. HAND CARTS OR PERAMBULATORS; SLEDGES
- B62B9/00—Accessories or details specially adapted for children's carriages or perambulators
- B62B9/20—Handle bars; Handles
- B62B9/203—Handle bars; Handles movable from front end to rear end position
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Transportation (AREA)
- Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Child & Adolescent Psychology (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Aviation & Aerospace Engineering (AREA)
- Environmental & Geological Engineering (AREA)
- Seats For Vehicles (AREA)
Abstract
一种可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,包括:上部座椅,其在竖立状态和伸长状态之间可操纵;以及支腿,其具有带轮子的远端并且在仅能够与上部座椅的竖立状态相结合的储存状态和允许座椅组件通过轮子滚动的操作状态之间可操纵;上部座椅的伸长状态仅能够与支杆的操作状态相结合,而支杆的操作状态和上部座椅的竖立状态也能够至少彼此相结合。该座椅组件可以包括以下特征中的至少一个:间隔开的座椅操纵组件和支杆操纵组件;侧面保护模块;用于可拆卸地连接座椅的盖和顶罩的拉链装置;以及可移除的轮子。
A convertible infant safety car seat assembly includes: an upper seat maneuverable between an upright position and an extended position; and a leg having a wheeled distal end and maneuverable between a storage position that can only be combined with the upright position of the upper seat and an operational position that allows the seat assembly to roll on the wheels; the extended position of the upper seat can only be combined with the operational position of the leg, and the operational position of the leg and the upright position of the upper seat can also be combined with at least one other. The seat assembly may include at least one of the following features: a spaced apart seat control assembly and a leg control assembly; a side protection module; a zipper device for removably connecting a cover and a top cover of the seat; and removable wheels.
Description
技术领域Technical Field
本发明涉及一种婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其可以用作婴儿承载器(carrier)并且可以被转换成可滚动使用,例如,用作婴儿车。The present invention relates to an infant safety car seat assembly that can be used as an infant carrier and can be converted for rolling use, for example, as a stroller.
背景技术Background technique
例如,在US8434781中公开了一种目前公开的主题所涉及的那种婴儿安全汽车座椅组件。它通常包括具有带轮子的远端的支杆(leg),并且能够在座椅构造成安装在汽车内的储存状态和允许座椅组件通过轮子滚动的操作状态之间操纵。For example, an infant safety car seat assembly of the type to which the presently disclosed subject matter relates is disclosed in US 8434781. It generally includes a leg having a distal end with wheels and is maneuverable between a storage state in which the seat is configured to be installed in a car and an operating state in which the seat assembly is allowed to roll on wheels.
US9629476公开了一种能够从幼儿睡篮转换为幼儿或儿童座椅的设备。该设备具有框架组件和由框架组件支撑的座椅结构。座椅结构限定了座位表面,并且能够在至少倾斜座位位置和倾斜睡眠位置之间移动。US9629476 discloses a device that can be converted from a toddler sleeping cot to a toddler or child seat. The device has a frame assembly and a seat structure supported by the frame assembly. The seat structure defines a seat surface and can be moved between at least an inclined seat position and an inclined sleeping position.
发明内容Summary of the invention
根据当前公开的主题的多个方面中的一个方面,提供了一种可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,包括:具有靠背部分和脚部分(feet portion)的座椅,该座椅能够在其中靠背部分和脚部分在其之间形成第一角度的竖立状态(upright state)和其中靠背部分和脚部分在其之间形成大于第一角度的第二角度的伸长状态(extended state)之间操纵;该组件还包括支杆,该支杆具有带轮子的远端并且能够在储存状态和操作状态之间操纵,该储存状态与座椅的竖立状态至少可相结合从而允许座椅组件可安装在汽车内或安装在外部支撑表面上适于将婴儿固定在其中的位置处,而该操作状态允许座椅组件通过所述轮子滚动。According to one of the aspects of the presently disclosed subject matter, there is provided a convertible infant safety car seat assembly comprising: a seat having a back portion and a foot portion, the seat being maneuverable between an upright state in which the back portion and the foot portion form a first angle therebetween and an extended state in which the back portion and the foot portion form a second angle therebetween that is greater than the first angle; the assembly further comprising a support rod having a distal end with wheels and being maneuverable between a storage state and an operating state, the storage state being at least combinable with the seat's upright state to allow the seat assembly to be mounted in a vehicle or on an external support surface in a position suitable for securing an infant therein, and the operating state allowing the seat assembly to be rolled via the wheels.
靠背在竖立状态和伸长状态下的取向也可以由它与假想水平面形成的角度来限定,因此在前者状态下的该角度大于在后者状态下的该角度。The orientation of the backrest in the upright position and in the extended position can also be defined by the angle it forms with an imaginary horizontal plane, whereby the angle is greater in the former position than in the latter position.
在本申请和权利要求中,关于假想水平面描述了几个特征,假想水平面也可以被称为“参考面”、“基准面”等。In the present application and claims, several features are described with respect to an imaginary horizontal plane, which may also be referred to as a "reference plane," "datum plane," or the like.
上述座椅组件还包括把手杆(handlebar),该把手杆可在不同位置之间枢转并具有可调节的长度,从而允许把手杆根据使用安全汽车座椅组件的模式采取多种状态。更具体地,把手杆可以至少采取其中把手杆大致垂直定向的承载器状态和其中把手杆向前延伸并且可以具有大于承载器状态的长度的婴儿车状态。可选择地,把手杆还可以采取把手杆向后定向并且被定位成邻近座椅的靠背部分的储存状态。The seat assembly further includes a handlebar that is pivotable between different positions and has an adjustable length, thereby allowing the handlebar to assume a plurality of states depending on the mode in which the safety car seat assembly is used. More specifically, the handlebar can assume at least a carrier state in which the handlebar is oriented generally vertically and a stroller state in which the handlebar extends forward and may have a length greater than the carrier state. Optionally, the handlebar can also assume a storage state in which the handlebar is oriented rearwardly and is positioned adjacent to the backrest portion of the seat.
根据当前公开的主题的一个方面,支杆的储存状态可以仅与座椅的竖立状态相结合。According to one aspect of the presently disclosed subject matter, the storage condition of the support bar can be combined only with the upright condition of the seat.
因此,座椅组件可以以至少以下模式使用:Thus, the seat assembly may be used in at least the following modes:
也可以构成该组件的储存模式的汽车座椅安装模式,其中座椅处于其竖立状态,支杆处于储存状态,并且把手处于适于要安装的汽车的任何位置(例如,其可以处于储存状态,或者其可以处于防反弹状态,在该防反弹状态中,其具有与婴儿车状态中相同的取向但是具有较短的长度,从而在其中座椅安装有面向汽车表面(例如座椅靠背)的婴儿的汽车的可能的前后碰撞期间和之后通过最小化与这种碰撞相关的旋转力为安全汽车座椅提供稳定能力,从而防止婴儿用他/她的头部撞击该表面);A car seat installation mode that may also constitute a storage mode of the assembly, wherein the seat is in its upright position, the struts are in the storage position, and the handles are in any position appropriate for the vehicle in which it is to be installed (e.g., it may be in the storage position, or it may be in an anti-rebound position in which it has the same orientation as in the stroller position but has a shorter length, thereby providing stabilization capabilities to the safety car seat during and after a possible front-to-back collision of a vehicle in which the seat is installed with an infant facing a vehicle surface (e.g., a seat back) by minimizing rotational forces associated with such a collision, thereby preventing the infant from striking the surface with his/her head);
可滚动的承载器模式,其中座椅处于其竖立状态,支杆处于操作状态,并且把手处于承载器状态;a rollable carrier mode in which the seat is in its upright position, the struts are in the operational position, and the handles are in the carrier position;
竖立婴儿车模式,其中座椅处于其竖立状态,支杆处于操作状态,并且把手处于婴儿车状态;和an upright stroller mode in which the seat is in its upright position, the support bars are in an operational position, and the handlebars are in a stroller position; and
伸长婴儿车模式,其中座椅处于其伸长状态,支杆处于操作状态,并且把手处于婴儿车状态。An extended stroller mode wherein the seat is in its extended state, the support bars are in the operational state, and the handlebars are in the stroller state.
根据当前公开的主题的又一方面,在座椅组件的第二模式中,座椅的伸长状态仅能够与支杆的操作状态组合,而支杆的操作状态和座椅的竖立状态也能够至少彼此组合。According to yet another aspect of the presently disclosed subject matter, in the second mode of the seat assembly, the extended state of the seat can only be combined with the operational state of the strut, while the operational state of the strut and the upright state of the seat can also be combined with at least each other.
可选地,在座椅组件的第三模式中,支杆的操作状态能够与座椅的竖立状态相结合,并且座椅组件可以仅从其第三模式进入其第一模式和第二模式。Optionally, in the third mode of the seat assembly, the operational state of the strut can be combined with the upright state of the seat, and the seat assembly can enter its first and second modes only from its third mode.
可选地,可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件被构造成使得通过座椅处于伸长状态来至少间接地防止在座椅组件的第二模式中的支杆的操纵。Optionally, the convertible infant-safety car seat assembly is configured such that manipulation of the support post in the second mode of the seat assembly is at least indirectly prevented by the seat being in the extended condition.
可以通过支杆处于储存状态来至少间接地防止处于座椅组件的第一模式的座椅的操纵。Manipulation of the seat in the first mode of the seat assembly may be at least indirectly prevented by the strut being in the stored condition.
可替换地,或另外,可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件还可以包括座椅操纵防止装置,其构造成至少在支杆处于储存状态时防止座椅从竖立状态操纵到伸长状态。Alternatively, or in addition, the convertible infant-safety car seat assembly may further include a seat manipulation prevention device configured to prevent the seat from being manipulated from the upright position to the extended position at least when the support bar is in the storage position.
因此,根据当前公开的主题的又一方面,提供了一种可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,包括:具有靠背部分和支杆分的座椅,提供了座椅操纵机构,该机构可操作地在其中靠背部分和脚部分在其之间形成第一角度的竖立状态和其中靠背部分和脚部分在其之间形成大于第一角度的第二角度的伸长状态之间操纵座椅;以及座椅操纵防止装置,该座椅操纵防止装置构造成至少在支杆处于储存状态时防止座椅从竖立状态操纵到伸长状态。Therefore, according to another aspect of the presently disclosed subject matter, a convertible infant safety car seat assembly is provided, comprising: a seat having a backrest portion and a support rod portion, a seat operating mechanism being provided, the mechanism being operable to operate the seat between an upright state in which the backrest portion and the foot portion form a first angle therebetween and an extended state in which the backrest portion and the foot portion form a second angle therebetween that is greater than the first angle; and a seat operation preventing device, the seat operation preventing device being configured to prevent the seat from being operated from the upright state to the extended state at least when the support rod is in the storage state.
在上述方面中的任何一个中,可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅还可以包括支杆操纵防止装置,其被构造成至少在座椅处于所述伸长状态时防止支杆从操作状态操纵到储存状态。In any of the above aspects, the convertible infant safety car seat may further include a support rod manipulation prevention device configured to prevent manipulation of the support rod from the operating state to the storage state at least when the seat is in the extended state.
因此,根据当前公开的主题的又一方面,提供了一种可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,包括:支杆操纵机构,该支杆操纵机构可操作地在支杆的储存状态和操作状态之间操纵支杆;以及支部操纵防止装置,其被构造成至少在座椅处于伸长状态时防止支杆从操作状态操纵到储存状态。这方面的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件还可以包括前述方面的座椅操纵防止装置。Therefore, according to another aspect of the presently disclosed subject matter, there is provided a convertible infant safety car seat assembly, comprising: a strut manipulation mechanism operable to manipulate the strut between a storage state and an operational state of the strut; and a strut manipulation prevention device configured to prevent manipulation of the strut from the operational state to the storage state at least when the seat is in the extended state. The convertible infant safety car seat assembly of this aspect may also include the seat manipulation prevention device of the aforementioned aspect.
关于根据上述任一方面的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件中的座椅操纵防止装置,其可以具有至少以下特征中的一个或多个特征的任意组合:Regarding the seat manipulation prevention device in the convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to any of the above aspects, it can have any combination of at least one or more of the following features:
座椅操纵防止装置可以被构造成在锁定状态和解锁状态之间改变其状态,在锁定状态中,座椅操纵防止装置防止座椅朝向伸长状态的操纵,在解锁状态中,座椅操纵防止装置使得实现在竖立状态和伸长状态之间操纵座椅;The seat manipulation preventing device may be configured to change its state between a locked state in which the seat manipulation preventing device prevents manipulation of the seat toward the extended state and an unlocked state in which the seat manipulation preventing device enables manipulation of the seat between the upright state and the extended state;
座椅操纵防止装置可以被构造成在锁定状态下通过止动(arrest)座椅来防止座椅朝向伸长状态的操纵;The seat manipulation prevention device may be configured to prevent manipulation of the seat toward the extended state by arresting the seat in the locked state;
座椅操纵防止装置可以被构造成在锁定状态下通过止动座椅操纵机构来防止座椅朝向伸长状态的操纵;The seat manipulation prevention device may be configured to prevent manipulation of the seat toward the extended state by immobilizing the seat manipulation mechanism in the locked state;
座椅操纵防止装置可以被构造成仅当座椅处于其竖立状态时才止动座椅操纵机构;The seat operation prevention device may be configured to immobilize the seat operation mechanism only when the seat is in its upright state;
座椅操纵防止装置可以由处于其储存状态的支杆构成,例如由支杆的远端构成;The seat manipulation prevention device may be constituted by the strut in its stored state, for example by the distal end of the strut;
当座椅的靠背部分在竖立状态下与基准面成第一后角被定位并且在伸长状态下以小于第一后角的第二后角被定位,并且靠背部分能够从竖立状态操纵到伸长状态时,支杆的远端可以被构造成在支杆的储存状态下与座椅的靠背部分的后表面接触而稳固地定位,以阻止靠背部分的向后操纵,从而至少在支杆处于储存状态时防止座椅从竖立状态操纵到伸长状态。When the backrest portion of the seat is positioned at a first rear angle with respect to a reference plane in an upright state and at a second rear angle smaller than the first rear angle in an extended state, and the backrest portion can be manipulated from the upright state to the extended state, the distal end of the support rod can be constructed to be firmly positioned in contact with the rear surface of the backrest portion of the seat in the storage state of the support rod to prevent rearward manipulation of the backrest portion, thereby preventing the seat from being manipulated from the upright state to the extended state at least when the support rod is in the storage state.
关于根据上述任一方面的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅中的支杆操纵防止装置,其可以进一步具有至少以下特征中的一个或多个的任意组合:Regarding the support rod manipulation prevention device in the convertible infant safety car seat according to any of the above aspects, it can further have any combination of at least one or more of the following features:
支杆操纵防止装置可以被构造成至少在座椅处于伸长状态时防止支杆从操作状态操纵到储存状态;The strut manipulation prevention device may be configured to prevent manipulation of the strut from the operative state to the storage state at least when the seat is in the extended state;
支杆操纵防止装置可以被构造成在锁定状态和解锁状态之间改变其状态,在锁定状态中,支杆操纵防止装置防止支杆朝向储存状态的操纵,在解锁状态中,支杆操纵防止装置允许支杆在储存状态和操作状态之间的操纵;The strut manipulation preventing device may be configured to change its state between a locked state in which the strut manipulation preventing device prevents manipulation of the strut toward the storage state and an unlocked state in which the strut manipulation preventing device allows manipulation of the strut between the storage state and the operating state;
支杆操纵防止装置可以被构造成在锁定状态下通过止动支杆来防止支杆朝向储存状态的操纵;The strut manipulation prevention device may be configured to prevent manipulation of the strut toward the storage state by stopping the strut in the locked state;
支杆操纵防止装置可以被构造成在锁定状态下通过止动支杆操纵机构来防止支杆朝向储存状态的操纵;The strut manipulation prevention device may be configured to prevent manipulation of the strut toward the storage state by stopping the strut manipulation mechanism in the locked state;
支杆操纵防止装置可以被构造成当支杆处于其操作状态时止动支杆操纵机构;The strut manipulation prevention device may be configured to stop the strut manipulation mechanism when the strut is in its operative state;
支杆操纵防止装置可以由处于其伸长状态的座椅构成,例如由座椅的靠背部分构成。The strut manipulation prevention device can be formed by the seat in its extended state, for example by the backrest part of the seat.
当根据上述任一方面的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件包括如上所述的座椅操纵机构和支杆操纵机构时,该座椅组件还可以包括:座椅操纵致动器,其构造成使用户能够操纵座椅操纵机构;和至少一个支杆操纵致动器,其构造成使用户能够操纵支杆操纵机构,该座椅操纵致动器或支杆操纵致动器,前者或后者,被定位与座椅组件的前部相关的位置,而后者或前者被定位与座椅组件的前部向后隔开的位置。例如,座椅操纵致动器可以被定位在下部支撑件的前部。When the convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to any of the above aspects includes the seat steering mechanism and the strut steering mechanism as described above, the seat assembly may also include: a seat steering actuator configured to enable a user to manipulate the seat steering mechanism; and at least one strut steering actuator configured to enable a user to manipulate the strut steering mechanism, the seat steering actuator or the strut steering actuator, the former or the latter, being positioned relative to the front of the seat assembly, while the latter or the former is positioned spaced rearwardly from the front of the seat assembly. For example, the seat steering actuator may be positioned at the front of the lower support member.
因此,根据当前公开的主题的又一方面,提供了一种可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,包括:具有靠背部分和脚部分的座椅,支杆,可操作地在储存状态和操作状态之间操纵支杆的支杆操纵机构,和可操作地在其中靠背部分和脚部分在其间形成第一角度的竖立状态和其中靠背部分和脚部分在其之间形成大于第一角度的第二角度的伸长状态之间操纵座椅的座椅操纵机构,该座椅组件还包括:座椅操纵致动器,其被构造成使得用户能够操纵座椅操纵机构;以及至少一个支杆操纵致动器,其被构造成使得用户能够操纵支杆操纵机构,座椅操纵致动器和支杆操纵致动器中的一个被在与组件的前部相关联的位置处而另一个被定位在与其纵向隔开的位置处以降低它们被混合在一起的风险。例如,座椅操纵致动器可以邻近脚部分被定位,并且支杆操纵致动器可以邻近靠背部分被定位。更具体地,座椅操纵致动器可以是定位在脚部分的最前部的座椅把手的形式,并且至少一个支杆操纵致动器可以是定位在靠背部分的顶部后侧的支杆把手的形式。Thus, according to yet another aspect of the presently disclosed subject matter, there is provided a convertible infant safety car seat assembly comprising: a seat having a backrest portion and a foot portion, a strut, a strut operating mechanism operable to operate the strut between a storage state and an operational state, and a seat operating mechanism operable to operate the seat between an upright state in which the backrest portion and the foot portion form a first angle therebetween and an extended state in which the backrest portion and the foot portion form a second angle therebetween greater than the first angle, the seat assembly further comprising: a seat operating actuator configured to enable a user to operate the seat operating mechanism; and at least one strut operating actuator configured to enable a user to operate the strut operating mechanism, one of the seat operating actuator and the strut operating actuator being positioned at a position associated with a front portion of the assembly and the other being positioned at a position longitudinally spaced therefrom to reduce the risk of them being mixed together. For example, the seat operating actuator may be positioned adjacent to the foot portion and the strut operating actuator may be positioned adjacent to the backrest portion. More specifically, the seat operating actuator may be in the form of a seat handle positioned at the forwardmost portion of the foot portion, and the at least one strut operating actuator may be in the form of a strut handle positioned at the top rear side of the backrest portion.
换言之,当存在多于一个的支杆操纵致动器时,它们中的每一个都满足关于它们与座椅操纵致动器的间隔位置的上述条件。In other words, when there is more than one strut-operated actuator, each of them meets the above-mentioned conditions regarding their spacing position from the seat-operating actuator.
在根据上述任一方面或根据当前公开的主题的又一方面的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件中,支杆的近侧部分可以铰接地连接到座椅的相对横向侧面,并且该组件还可包括至少一个侧面保护模块。In a convertible infant-safe car seat assembly according to any of the above aspects or according to a further aspect of the presently disclosed subject matter, the proximal portions of the support bar may be hingedly connected to opposite lateral sides of the seat, and the assembly may further include at least one side protection module.
(多个)侧面保护模块中的每一个都可以安装在座椅的相应的左右横向侧面上。座椅可以由下部支撑件和上部座椅部分构成,该下部支撑件和上部座椅部分具有结构并且能够以与上述方面中的任何一个类似的方式一起操作。在一些示例中,座椅可以由一体地或整体地形成在一起的下部支撑件和上部座椅部分构成。当座椅组件处于其储存模式或汽车座椅安装模式并且被定位在汽车内靠近汽车侧门的位置时,在汽车门撞击组件的情况下,安装在组件面对车门的一侧上的侧面保护模块将吸收撞击能量的至少一部分,从而防止坐在组件中的婴儿受到伤害。Each of the (multiple) side protection modules can be mounted on the corresponding left and right lateral sides of the seat. The seat can be composed of a lower support member and an upper seat portion, which have a structure and can operate together in a manner similar to any of the above aspects. In some examples, the seat can be composed of a lower support member and an upper seat portion formed together integrally or monolithically. When the seat assembly is in its storage mode or car seat installation mode and is positioned in a position near the side door of the vehicle in the vehicle, in the event that the vehicle door hits the assembly, the side protection module mounted on the side of the assembly facing the door will absorb at least a portion of the impact energy, thereby preventing the baby sitting in the assembly from being injured.
因此,根据当前公开的主题的又一方面,提供了一种可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,包括:具有靠背部分和脚部分的座椅;把手,其在座椅的把手附接区域处通过可枢转附件连接到座椅,该可枢转附件使得把手能够在多个不同位置之间枢转,所述把手具有面对所述把手附接区域的座椅面对区域和相对的面对外部的区域;以及侧面保护模块,用于吸收其上的冲击能量的至少一部分,所述侧面保护模块可选择性地可安装在所述把手的面对外部的区域处。Therefore, according to another aspect of the presently disclosed subject matter, there is provided a convertible infant safety car seat assembly comprising: a seat having a backrest portion and a foot portion; a handle connected to the seat at a handle attachment area of the seat by a pivotable attachment, the pivotable attachment enabling the handle to pivot between a plurality of different positions, the handle having a seat facing area facing the handle attachment area and an opposite outward facing area; and a side protection module for absorbing at least a portion of impact energy thereon, the side protection module being selectively mountable at the outward facing area of the handle.
在根据上述任一方面或下述任一方面的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件中,座椅的靠背部分和脚部分可以以不同的方式操纵,以在竖立状态和伸长状态之间改变座椅的状态。例如,靠背部分和脚部分可以安装到下部支撑件,该下部支撑件包括位于下部支撑件的后部的后铰接部分和位于下部支撑件的前部的前铰接部分,靠背部分枢转地铰接到该后铰接部分,上部座椅的脚部分构造成可滑动地铰接到该前铰接部分,座椅在竖立状态和伸长状态之间的改变可以通过靠背部分的枢转铰接连同脚部分的滑动铰接来实现。In the convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to any of the above aspects or any of the following aspects, the backrest portion and the foot portion of the seat can be manipulated in different ways to change the state of the seat between the upright state and the extended state. For example, the backrest portion and the foot portion can be mounted to a lower support member, the lower support member includes a rear hinged portion located at the rear of the lower support member and a front hinged portion located at the front of the lower support member, the backrest portion is pivotally hinged to the rear hinged portion, and the foot portion of the upper seat is configured to be slidably hinged to the front hinged portion, and the change of the seat between the upright state and the extended state can be achieved by the pivotal hinge of the backrest portion in conjunction with the sliding hinge of the foot portion.
因此,根据当前公开的主题的又一方面,提供了一种可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,包括:Thus, according to yet another aspect of the presently disclosed subject matter, there is provided a convertible infant-safety car seat assembly comprising:
下部支撑件,其具有前部和后部以及水平地穿过下部支撑件的最下部区域的参考面;上部座椅,其连接到所述下部支撑件并且具有与下部支撑件的后部相关联的靠背部分和与下部支撑件的前部相关联的脚部分;上部座椅可以在其中靠背部分和脚部分在其间形成第一角度的竖立状态和其中靠背部分和脚部分在其间形成大于第一角度的第二角度的伸长状态之间操纵;具有轮子的支杆,该支杆可以在其中至少轮子位于参考面上方的储存状态与至少所述车轮位于所述参考面的下方以使得所述座椅组件能够借助于所述轮子而被滚动的操作状态之间操纵;所述下部支撑件包括位于所述下部支撑件的后部的后铰接部分和位于所述下部支撑件的前部的前铰接部分,所述靠背部分枢转地铰接到所述后铰接部分,而所述上部座椅的脚部分构造成可滑动地铰接到所述前铰接部分,所述上部座椅的状态在所述竖立状态和所述伸长状态之间的改变可以通过所述靠背部分的枢转铰接连同所述脚部分的滑动铰接来实现。靠背部分可以绕垂直于下部支撑件的纵向轴线的枢转轴线枢转地铰接,并且脚部分可以沿下部支撑件的纵向轴线滑动地铰接。靠背部分和脚部分可以彼此连接,使得对其中一个的操纵引起对另一个的操纵。A lower support having a front portion and a rear portion and a reference plane extending horizontally through a lowermost region of the lower support; an upper seat connected to the lower support and having a backrest portion associated with the rear portion of the lower support and a foot portion associated with the front portion of the lower support; the upper seat being maneuverable between an upright position in which the backrest portion and the foot portion form a first angle therebetween and an extended position in which the backrest portion and the foot portion form a second angle therebetween that is greater than the first angle; a support rod having wheels that can be attached to at least the vehicle in a storage position in which at least the wheels are located above the reference plane. The wheels are located below the reference plane so that the seat assembly can be manipulated between operating states by rolling with the aid of the wheels; the lower support member includes a rear hinged portion located at the rear of the lower support member and a front hinged portion located at the front of the lower support member, the backrest portion is pivotally hinged to the rear hinged portion, and the foot portion of the upper seat is configured to be slidably hinged to the front hinged portion, and the change of the state of the upper seat between the upright state and the extended state can be achieved by the pivotal hinge of the backrest portion together with the sliding hinge of the foot portion. The backrest portion can be pivotally hinged about a pivot axis perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the lower support member, and the foot portion can be slidably hinged along the longitudinal axis of the lower support member. The backrest portion and the foot portion can be connected to each other so that manipulation of one of them causes manipulation of the other.
在所有上述方面中,座椅可以可选地包括上部座椅和下部支撑件,上部座椅铰接并且安装在所述下部支撑件上,以便允许上部座椅在座椅组件的相应模式中采取上述竖立状态和伸长状态。另外或可替换地,座椅的靠背部分,或在座椅还包括下部支撑件的情况下的上部座椅的靠背部分,可以包括中间部分,脚部分连接到该中间部分并且当在竖立状态和伸长状态之间操纵座椅或上部座椅时,该中间部分可以围绕垂直轴线移动。In all of the above aspects, the seat may optionally include an upper seat and a lower support, the upper seat being hinged and mounted on the lower support so as to allow the upper seat to assume the above-mentioned upright and extended states in the corresponding modes of the seat assembly. Additionally or alternatively, the backrest portion of the seat, or the backrest portion of the upper seat in the case where the seat also includes a lower support, may include an intermediate portion to which the foot portion is connected and which is movable about a vertical axis when the seat or upper seat is manipulated between the upright and extended states.
在所有上述方面中,座椅的靠背部分可以包括具有上边缘的外壳,该外壳或其靠近上边缘的至少一部分由塑料材料制成并且构造成用于缝合到其上靠近上边缘,至少一个拉链(zipper)用于将织物附接到外壳上以至少覆盖靠背部分和/或顶罩(canopy)。In all of the above aspects, the back portion of the seat may include a shell having an upper edge, the shell or at least a portion thereof near the upper edge being made of a plastic material and configured to be sewn thereto near the upper edge, and at least one zipper being used to attach fabric to the shell to cover at least the back portion and/or the canopy.
因此,根据当前公开的主题的又一方面,提供了一种婴儿座椅,其至少在使用中包括:Thus, according to a further aspect of the presently disclosed subject matter, there is provided an infant seat which, at least in use, comprises:
外壳,其由塑料材料制成,所述外壳具有面向外部的外侧和在其处座椅的织物盖可附接到所述外壳的内侧,所述外壳具有后壁和两个侧壁,后壁和两个侧壁中的每一个具有在相应上边缘处合并的相应内表面和外表面,所述后壁和侧壁的上边缘连续地合并并且构成外壳上边缘,a shell made of plastic material, the shell having an outer side facing outwards and an inner side of the shell at which a fabric cover of the seat can be attached, the shell having a rear wall and two side walls, each of the rear wall and the two side walls having a respective inner surface and an outer surface merging at a respective upper edge, the upper edges of the rear wall and the side walls merging continuously and constituting the upper edge of the shell,
织物盖,用于在所述织物盖可拆卸地连接到所述外壳的内侧时至少覆盖该内侧;a fabric cover for covering at least the inner side of the housing when the fabric cover is detachably connected to the inner side of the housing;
顶罩;和Top cover; and
拉链装置,用于将盖和顶罩邻近外壳的上边缘而可拆卸地连接到外壳,该拉链装置包括顶罩拉链和盖拉链,每个拉链是分离式的并且包括拉链箱和拉链销并且具有:A zipper arrangement for removably connecting a cover and a top cover to the shell adjacent an upper edge of the shell, the zipper arrangement comprising a top cover zipper and a cover zipper, each zipper being separable and comprising a zipper box and a zipper pin and having:
具有所述拉链箱和所述拉链销中的一个的外壳拉链半部,所述拉链箱和所述拉链销中的一个在所述后壁和所述侧壁的所述外表面处至少沿着所述外壳拉链半部邻近所述后壁的部分邻近所述外壳的上边缘而缝合到所述外壳,以及a shell zipper half having one of the zipper box and the zipper pin, the one of the zipper box and the zipper pin being sewn to the shell at the outer surfaces of the rear wall and the side walls adjacent to an upper edge of the shell at least along a portion of the shell zipper half adjacent to the rear wall, and
具有拉链箱和拉链销中的另一个的匹配拉链半部,第一拉链的匹配拉链半部缝合到所述盖,第二拉链的匹配拉链半部缝合到所述顶罩。There are matching zipper halves of the other of the zipper box and the zipper pin, the matching zipper halves of the first zipper are sewn to the cover, and the matching zipper halves of the second zipper are sewn to the top cover.
可选地,拉链箱可以位于外壳拉链半部上,并且拉链销可以位于匹配拉链半部上。Alternatively, the zipper box may be located on the housing zipper half and the zipper pin may be located on the mating zipper half.
包括下面列出的任何可选特征的上述婴儿座椅可以构成根据当前公开的主题的前述方面中的每一个以及任何其它婴儿安全汽车座椅组件的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件的一部分。它还可以构成任何其它婴儿承载器或婴儿车等的一部分。The above-described infant seat including any of the optional features listed below may constitute a part of a convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to each of the aforementioned aspects of the presently disclosed subject matter as well as any other infant safety car seat assembly. It may also constitute a part of any other infant carrier or stroller, etc.
根据当前公开的主题的这一方面的婴儿座椅可以包括至少以下特征中的一个或多个特征的任意组合:The infant seat according to this aspect of the presently disclosed subject matter may include any combination of at least one or more of the following features:
每个拉链的外壳拉链半部都可以具有:基部,在该基部处,外壳拉链半部缝合到外壳;和具有拉链齿的扑动部分(flapping portion),并且两个拉链的外壳拉链半部可以都在外壳拉链半部的基部处缝合到外壳,使得外壳拉链半部的扑动部分当接合拉链的对应匹配半部时可以彼此分开和独立地操纵;The shell zipper half of each zipper may have: a base at which the shell zipper half is sewn to the shell; and a flapping portion having zipper teeth, and the shell zipper halves of both zippers may be sewn to the shell at the base of the shell zipper halves so that the flapping portions of the shell zipper halves can be separated and manipulated independently from each other when engaging corresponding mating halves of the zipper;
盖拉链的外壳拉链半部可以与外壳的上边缘间隔第一程度,并且顶罩拉链的外壳拉链半部可以与外壳的上边缘间隔小于第一程度的第二程度;The shell zipper half of the cover zipper may be spaced from the upper edge of the shell to a first extent, and the shell zipper half of the top cover zipper may be spaced from the upper edge of the shell to a second extent that is less than the first extent;
盖拉链的外壳拉链半部可以沿着外壳的上边缘的至少一部分延伸,并且顶罩拉链的外壳拉链半部可以沿着盖拉链的外壳拉链半部的一部分延伸;The shell zipper half of the cover zipper may extend along at least a portion of the upper edge of the shell, and the shell zipper half of the top cover zipper may extend along a portion of the shell zipper half of the cover zipper;
当盖和顶罩都被拉链(zip)到外壳时,顶罩拉链可以沿着顶罩拉链的长度覆盖盖拉链;When both the lid and top cover are zipped to the housing, the top cover zipper may overlap the lid zipper along the length of the top cover zipper;
两个拉链的外壳半部的拉链箱可以位于外壳的不同侧壁处或邻近外壳的不同侧壁,从而使得盖拉链能够沿与顶罩拉链的方向相反的方向紧固;The zipper boxes of the two zippered housing halves may be located at or adjacent to different side walls of the housing, thereby enabling the lid zipper to be fastened in a direction opposite to that of the top cover zipper;
两个外壳拉链半部可以至少间接地通过至少一个共同缝合接缝而一起缝合到外壳;The two shell zipper halves may be at least indirectly sewn together to the shell by at least one commonly sewn seam;
外壳上边缘可以阶梯状的拉链接收凹部,其具有:第一壁,在所述第一壁处,所述拉链的外壳半部缝合到外壳;以及第二壁,该第二壁横向于所述第一壁定向并且具有限定所述凹部的深度的高度;The upper edge of the shell may be a stepped zipper receiving recess having: a first wall at which the shell half of the zipper is sewn to the shell; and a second wall oriented transversely to the first wall and having a height defining the depth of the recess;
所述拉链装置还可以包括织物捆绑件(fabric binding),所述织物捆绑件容纳所述外壳半部的基部并且通过所述至少一个共同缝合接缝而缝合到具有织物捆绑件的所述外壳;在这种情况下,具有外壳拉链半部的基部的捆绑件可以具有对应于拉链接收凹部的深度的厚度;The zipper arrangement may further comprise a fabric binding which receives the base of the shell half and is sewn to the shell with the fabric binding by the at least one common sewing seam; in this case, the binding with the base of the shell zipper half may have a thickness corresponding to the depth of the zipper receiving recess;
除了所述至少一个共同缝合接缝之外,外壳拉链半部的基部可以还通过预先形成的连接彼此连接,所述预先形成的连接可以可选地通过焊接和/或缝合而形成;In addition to the at least one commonly stitched seam, the bases of the shell zipper halves may also be connected to each other by a preformed connection, which may optionally be formed by welding and/or stitching;
盖拉链可以比顶罩拉链更长,并且相对于顶罩拉链沿着外壳的两侧壁中的每一个侧壁进一步向下延伸;The lid zipper may be longer than the top cover zipper and extend further downwardly along each of the two side walls of the housing relative to the top cover zipper;
当顶罩被紧固时,只有顶罩拉链可以被松开,并且盖拉链保持至少部分不可接近。When the top cover is fastened, only the top cover zipper can be released and the lid zipper remains at least partially inaccessible.
在根据上述任一方面或根据当前公开的主题的又一方面的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件中,该组件当处于储存模式并且定位在外部支撑表面上时可以在中性位置和前倾斜位置和后倾斜位置中的至少一个位置之间能够在其上摇摆。组件的在其摇摆期间与外部支撑表面接触的至少一些区域可以由与所述区域如果由在摇摆期间不与外部支撑表面接触的一些其它区域的材料制成将所具有的摇摆质量相比改善至少一个摇摆质量的材料制成。In a convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to any of the above aspects or according to yet another aspect of the presently disclosed subject matter, the assembly can be rockable thereon between a neutral position and at least one of a forward tilted position and a rearward tilted position when in the storage mode and positioned on an external support surface. At least some areas of the assembly that contact the external support surface during rocking thereof can be made of a material that improves at least one rocking quality compared to the rocking quality that the areas would have if made of a material of some other areas that do not contact the external support surface during rocking.
因此,根据当前公开的主题的又一方面,提供了一种可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其适于将幼儿固定在其中并且具有第一储存模式和第二操作模式,在所述第一储存模式中,所述组件适于定位在汽车内,在所述第二操作模式中,所述组件能够沿着外部支撑表面而滚动,所述组件在处于储存模式并且定位在外部支撑表面上时能够在中性位置与前倾斜位置和后倾斜位置中的至少一个位置之间在该外部支撑表面上摇摆,所述组件包括:一个或多个最下部区域,其可操作以在中性位置接触外部支撑表面;前部区域和后部区域中的至少一个,其可操作以在处于所述前倾斜位置和后倾斜位置中的所述至少一个时接触所述外部支撑表面;水平参考面,其包括组件当处于中性位置时的一个或多个最下部区域并且想象地表示所述外部支撑表面;下部支撑件,其具有前部和后部以及在所述组件处于所述中性位置时最靠近所述水平参考面的座椅最下部区域;上部座椅,其连接到所述下部支撑件并且具有与所述下部支撑件的后部相关联的靠背部分和与所述下部支撑件的前部相关联的脚部分;支杆,其在其近端处连接到下部支撑件且具有远端,所述远端具有至少在操作模式中固定到该远端的轮子,所述支杆能够在至少与所述组件的储存模式相关联的储存状态与至少与所述组件的操作模式相关联的操作状态之间操纵,在所述储存状态中,每个支杆的具有所述轮子的至少一部分位于所述参考面上方,而在所述操作状态中,每个支杆的具有所述轮子的至少所述部分位于所述参考面下方,以便能够通过所述轮子滚动座椅组件;所述支杆构成一对后支杆和一对前支杆;至少一对的支杆具有弯曲形状,使得当处于储存状态时,所述至少一对的支杆具有被定位在中性位置的参考面上方的第一区域、构成所述前部区域和后部区域中的至少一个的至少一个第二区域,以及与第一区域和第二区域间隔开的至少一个第三区域,至少第二区域具有由不同于至少一个第三区域的材料的材料制成的摇摆参与部分,所述材料诸如用于与所述摇摆参与部分如果由制造所述第三区域的材料制成将所具有的摇摆质量相比改善至少一个摇摆质量。Thus, according to yet another aspect of the presently disclosed subject matter, there is provided a convertible infant safety car seat assembly adapted to secure an infant therein and having a first storage mode in which the assembly is adapted to be positioned within a vehicle and a second operating mode in which the assembly is capable of rolling along an external support surface on which the assembly, when in the storage mode and positioned on the external support surface, is capable of rocking between a neutral position and at least one of a forward reclined position and a rearward reclined position, the assembly comprising: one or more lowermost regions operable to be positioned in a neutral position; a front region and a rear region operable to contact the external support surface when in at least one of the front tilted position and the rear tilted position; a horizontal reference plane including one or more lowermost regions of the assembly when in the neutral position and imaginatively representing the external support surface; a lower support having a front and a rear and a lowermost region of the seat closest to the horizontal reference plane when the assembly is in the neutral position; an upper seat connected to the lower support and having a backrest portion associated with the rear of the lower support and an upper backrest portion associated with the lower support a foot portion associated with the front of the component; a support rod connected to the lower support member at its proximal end and having a distal end, the distal end having wheels fixed to the distal end at least in the operating mode, the support rod being able to be manipulated between a storage state associated with at least the storage mode of the assembly and an operating state associated with at least the operating mode of the assembly, in which storage state at least a portion of each support rod having the wheels is located above the reference plane, and in the operating state at least the portion of each support rod having the wheels is located below the reference plane so that the seat assembly can be rolled by the wheels; the support rods constitute a pair a rear strut and a pair of front struts; at least one pair of struts having a curved shape so that when in a stored state, the at least one pair of struts have a first region positioned above a reference plane in a neutral position, at least one second region constituting at least one of the front region and the rear region, and at least one third region spaced apart from the first region and the second region, at least the second region having a swing participation portion made of a material different from the material of at least one third region, such as for improving at least one swing mass compared to the swing mass that the swing participation portion would have if it were made of the material of the third region.
在根据上述任一方面或根据当前公开的主题的又一方面的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件中,至少前轮可通过快速释放机构连接到前支杆,从而至少在组件将被定位在汽车内时允许前轮的移除。In a convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to any of the above aspects or according to a further aspect of the presently disclosed subject matter, at least the front wheels may be connected to the front support bar by a quick release mechanism, thereby allowing removal of the front wheels at least when the assembly is to be positioned in a car.
因此,根据当前公开主题的又一方面,提供了一种可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,包括:下部支撑件,其具有前部和后部以及水平地穿过所述下部支撑件的最下部区域的参考面;上部座椅,其连接到所述下部支撑件并且具有与所述下部支撑件的后部相关联的靠背部分和与所述下部支撑件的前部相关联的脚部分;具有轮子的支杆,所述支杆能够在储存状态和操作状态之间操纵,在所述储存状态中,至少所述轮子位于所述参考面上方,并且所述组件适于定位在车辆内或在支撑表面上的适于将幼儿固定在其中的位置处,而在所述操作状态中,至少所述轮子位于所述参考面下方,以使得所述座椅组件能够借助于所述轮子滚动;所述支杆构成与后轮相关联的一对后支杆,以及与前轮相关联的一对前支杆,所述前轮在其储存状态中从所述下部支撑件侧向突出至比所述后轮至少在所述组件的后视图中更大的程度;所述前支杆可枢转地从所述操作状态操纵到所述储存状态,使得在所述储存状态中,所述前轮定位成比所述脚部分更靠近所述靠背部分;其中,至少所述前轮通过快速释放机构连接到所述前支杆。Thus, according to yet another aspect of the presently disclosed subject matter, there is provided a convertible infant safety car seat assembly comprising: a lower support having a front portion and a rear portion and a reference plane extending horizontally through a lowermost region of the lower support; an upper seat connected to the lower support and having a backrest portion associated with the rear portion of the lower support and a foot portion associated with the front portion of the lower support; a support post having wheels, the support post being maneuverable between a storage state and an operating state in which at least the wheels are located above the reference plane and the assembly is adapted to be positioned in a vehicle or on a support surface adapted to secure an infant wherein the front wheels are located closer to the backrest portion than the foot portion in the storage state; wherein the front wheels are connected to the front wheels by a quick release mechanism.
当前公开的主题的上述方面和特征以及另外的方面和特征在以下呈现的当前公开的主题的实施例中进一步指定。The above-mentioned aspects and features of the presently disclosed subject matter as well as additional aspects and features are further specified in the examples of the presently disclosed subject matter presented below.
1.一种可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,包括:1. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly, comprising:
具有靠背部分和腿部分的上部座椅,该上部座椅能够在其中靠背部分和脚部分在它们之间形成第一角度的竖立状态和其中靠背部分和脚部分在它们之间形成大于第一角度的第二角度的伸长状态之间操作;和an upper seat having a back portion and a leg portion, the upper seat being operable between an upright position in which the back portion and the leg portion define a first angle therebetween and an extended position in which the back portion and the leg portion define a second angle therebetween that is greater than the first angle; and
支杆,其具有带轮子的远端并且能够在储存状态和操作状态之间操作,所述储存状态仅能够与处于可安装在汽车内的适于将幼儿固定在其中的位置处的座椅组件的第一模式的上部座椅的竖直状态相结合,而操作状态允许座椅组件借助于所述轮子滚动;上部座椅的伸长状态仅能够与处于座椅组件的第二模式的支杆的操作状态相结合,而支杆的操作状态和上部座椅的竖立状态也能够至少彼此相结合。A support rod having a distal end with wheels and operable between a storage state and an operating state, wherein the storage state can only be combined with an upright state of the upper seat of the seat assembly in a first mode that is installable in a car and is suitable for fixing a child therein, and the operating state allows the seat assembly to roll with the aid of the wheels; the extended state of the upper seat can only be combined with the operating state of the support rod in the second mode of the seat assembly, and the operating state of the support rod and the upright state of the upper seat can also be combined with at least each other.
2.根据实施例1所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆的操作状态能够与处于所述座椅组件的第三模式的所述上部座椅的竖立状态相结合,并且所述座椅组件能够仅从其第三模式进入其第一模式和第二模式。2. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to Example 1, wherein the operating state of the support rod can be combined with the upright state of the upper seat in the third mode of the seat assembly, and the seat assembly can enter its first mode and second mode only from its third mode.
3.根据实施例1或2所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其构造成使得通过上部座椅处于伸长状态而至少间接地防止处于座椅组件的第二模式的支杆的操纵。3. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 1 or 2, configured such that manipulation of the support rod in the second mode of the seat assembly is at least indirectly prevented by the upper seat being in the extended condition.
4.根据实施例1、2或3所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,还构造成使得通过支杆处于储存状态而至少间接地防止处于座椅组件的第一模式的上部座椅的操纵。4. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 1, 2 or 3, further configured such that manipulation of the upper seat in the first mode of the seat assembly is at least indirectly prevented by the support bar being in the storage condition.
5.根据实施例1至4中任一项所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,还包括座椅操纵防止装置,所述座椅操纵防止装置被构造成至少在所述支杆处于所述储存状态时防止所述上部座椅从所述竖立状态操纵到所述伸长状态。5. The convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to any one of embodiments 1 to 4 further includes a seat manipulation prevention device, which is configured to prevent the upper seat from being manipulated from the upright state to the extended state at least when the support rod is in the storage state.
6.根据实施例5所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态和解锁状态之间改变其状态,在所述锁定状态中,所述座椅操纵防止装置防止所述上部座椅朝向所述伸长状态的操纵,在所述解锁状态中,所述座椅操纵防止装置使得实现在所述竖立状态和所述伸长状态之间操纵所述上部座椅。6. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to Example 5, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is configured to change its state between a locked state and an unlocked state, wherein in the locked state, the seat manipulation prevention device prevents manipulation of the upper seat toward the extended state, and in the unlocked state, the seat manipulation prevention device enables manipulation of the upper seat between the upright state and the extended state.
7.根据实施例6所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中所述座椅操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态中通过止动所述上部座椅来防止所述上部座椅朝向所述伸长状态的操纵。7. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 6, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is configured to prevent manipulation of the upper seat toward the extended state by arresting the upper seat in the locked state.
8.根据实施例6所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中所述座椅操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态中通过止动所述座椅操纵机构来防止所述上部座椅朝向所述伸长状态的操纵。8. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of Example 6, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is configured to prevent manipulation of the upper seat toward the extended state by stopping the seat manipulation mechanism in the locked state.
9.根据实施例8所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中所述座椅操纵防止装置被构造成仅当所述上部座椅处于其竖立状态时才止动所述座椅操纵机构。9. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 8, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is configured to inhibit the seat manipulation mechanism only when the upper seat is in its upright position.
10.根据实施例8或9所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,10. The convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 8 or 9,
其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置包括座椅触发构件和座椅止动构件,Wherein, the seat manipulation prevention device comprises a seat triggering member and a seat stopping member,
其中,所述座椅触发构件被构造成当所述支杆处于其操作状态时在座椅触发构件被所述支架触发时操作所述座椅止动构件;和wherein the seat triggering member is configured to operate the seat stop member when the seat triggering member is triggered by the bracket when the strut is in its operative state; and
其中,所述座椅止动构件由所述座椅触发构件可操作以在其操作时从其止动状态操纵到其释放状态,在所述释放状态中所述座椅操纵机构从所述止动释放。Therein, the seat stop member is operable by the seat triggering member to be manipulated from its stop state to its release state when it is operated, in which the seat operating mechanism is released from the stop.
11.根据实施例10所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆被构造成仅当所述支杆处于其操作状态时才触发所述座椅触发构件。11. The convertible infant-safe car seat assembly of embodiment 10, wherein the support bar is configured to trigger the seat triggering member only when the support bar is in its operational state.
12.根据实施例10或11所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,还包括下部支撑件,其在所述下部支撑件的两个横向侧具有两个支杆附接区域,其中所述座椅触发构件邻近所述支杆附接区域中的至少一个而布置在所述下部支撑件上,其中所述支杆中的至少一个包括围绕所述支杆中的至少一个的近端定位的前部突起,并且其中所述前部突起被构造成在所述支杆处于其操作状态时触发所述座椅触发构件。12. The convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 10 or 11 further includes a lower support member having two support rod attachment areas on two lateral sides of the lower support member, wherein the seat trigger member is arranged on the lower support member adjacent to at least one of the support rod attachment areas, wherein at least one of the support rods includes a front protrusion positioned around the proximal end of at least one of the support rods, and wherein the front protrusion is configured to trigger the seat trigger member when the support rod is in its operating state.
13.根据实施例5所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置由处于其储存状态的支杆构成。13. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 5, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is comprised of a support rod in its stored state.
14.根据实施例13所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置由支杆的远端构成。14. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 13, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is constituted by a distal end of a support rod.
15.根据前述实施例中的任一项所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述上部座椅的所述靠背部分在所述竖立状态中定位成与基准面成第一后角,并且在所述伸长状态中定位成小于所述第一后角的第二后角,并且其中所述靠背能够从所述竖立状态向后操纵到所述伸长状态。15. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to any one of the preceding embodiments, wherein the backrest portion of the upper seat is positioned at a first rear angle with respect to a reference plane in the upright state, and is positioned at a second rear angle less than the first rear angle in the extended state, and wherein the backrest can be manipulated rearwardly from the upright state to the extended state.
16.根据实施例15所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆的所述远端被构造成在所述支杆的所述储存状态中与所述上部座椅的所述靠背部分的后表面接触而紧固地定位,以阻止对所述靠背部分的向后操纵,从而至少在所述支杆处于所述储存状态时防止所述上部座椅从所述竖立状态操纵到所述伸长状态。16. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to Example 15, wherein the distal end of the support rod is configured to be securely positioned in contact with the rear surface of the backrest portion of the upper seat in the storage state of the support rod to prevent rearward manipulation of the backrest portion, thereby preventing the upper seat from being manipulated from the upright state to the extended state at least when the support rod is in the storage state.
17.根据实施例1至16中任一项所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,还包括支杆操纵防止装置,所述支杆操纵防止装置被构造成至少在所述上部座椅处于所述伸长状态时防止所述支杆从所述操作状态操纵到所述储存状态。17. The convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to any one of embodiments 1 to 16 further includes a support rod manipulation prevention device, which is configured to prevent the support rod from being manipulated from the operating state to the storage state at least when the upper seat is in the extended state.
18.根据实施例17所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态和解锁状态之间改变其状态,在所述锁定状态中,所述支杆操纵防止装置防止所述支杆朝向所述储存状态的操纵,在所述解锁状态中,所述支杆操纵防止装置实现所述支杆在所述储存状态和所述操作状态之间的操纵。18. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to Example 17, wherein the support rod manipulation prevention device is configured to change its state between a locked state and an unlocked state, wherein in the locked state, the support rod manipulation prevention device prevents manipulation of the support rod toward the storage state, and in the unlocked state, the support rod manipulation prevention device enables manipulation of the support rod between the storage state and the operating state.
19.根据实施例18所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态中通过止动所述支杆来防止所述支杆朝向所述储存状态的操纵。19. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 18, wherein the leg manipulation prevention device is configured to prevent manipulation of the leg toward the storage state by stopping the leg in the locked state.
20.根据实施例19所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态中通过止动所述支杆操纵机构来防止所述支杆朝向所述储存状态的操作。20. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 19, wherein the strut manipulation prevention device is configured to prevent operation of the strut toward the storage state by stopping the strut manipulation mechanism in the locked state.
21.根据实施例20所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置被构造成当所述支杆处于其操作状态时止动所述支杆操纵机构。21. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 20, wherein the pole manipulation prevention device is configured to stop the pole manipulation mechanism when the pole is in its operative state.
22.根据实施例20或21所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置包括支杆触发构件和支杆止动构件。22. The convertible infant-safe car seat assembly of embodiment 20 or 21, wherein the strut manipulation prevention device comprises a strut triggering member and a strut stopping member.
其中,所述支杆触发构件被构造成在所述上部座椅处于其竖立状态时在支杆触发构件被所述上部座椅触发时操作所述支杆止动构件;和wherein the strut triggering member is configured to operate the strut stopping member when the strut triggering member is triggered by the upper seat when the upper seat is in its upright state; and
其中,所述支杆止动构件由所述支杆触发构件可操作以在其操作时从其止动状态操纵到其释放状态,在所述释放状态中,所述支杆操纵机构从所述止动释放。The strut stop member is operable by the strut trigger member to be manipulated from its stopped state to its released state when it is operated, in which the strut manipulation mechanism is released from the stop.
23.根据实施例22所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述上部座椅被配置成仅当所述上部座椅处于其竖立状态时才触发所述支杆触发构件。23. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 22, wherein the upper seat is configured to trigger the strut triggering member only when the upper seat is in its upright position.
24.根据实施例23所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆触发构件连接到所述上部座椅并且被构成为所述座椅操纵机构的一部分,使得在将所述上部座椅操纵到所述竖立状态时,所述支杆触发构件还被构造成将所述上部座椅维持在所述竖立状态。24. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to Example 23, wherein the support rod trigger member is connected to the upper seat and is constructed as a part of the seat operating mechanism, so that when the upper seat is operated to the upright state, the support rod trigger member is also constructed to maintain the upper seat in the upright state.
25.根据实施例20或21所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置由处于其伸长状态的所述上部座椅构成。25. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 20 or 21, wherein the pole manipulation prevention device is constituted by the upper seat in its extended state.
26.根据实施例25所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置由所述上部座椅的靠背部分构成。26. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 25, wherein the pole manipulation prevention device is formed by a backrest portion of the upper seat.
27.根据实施例17至26中任一项所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述靠背部分包括所述脚部分连接到的中间部分。27. The convertible infant-safe car seat assembly of any one of embodiments 17 to 26, wherein the back portion includes a middle portion to which the foot portion is connected.
28.根据实施例27所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述中间部分构成上部座椅最下部分,并且其中所述上部座椅最下部分当在所述竖立状态和所述伸长状态之间操纵所述上部座椅时可绕竖直轴线移动。28. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 27, wherein the intermediate portion constitutes a lowermost portion of the upper seat, and wherein the lowermost portion of the upper seat is movable about a vertical axis when the upper seat is manipulated between the upright state and the extended state.
29.根据实施例27或28所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中靠背部分的至少中间部分由柔性材料形成。29. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 27 or 28, wherein at least a middle portion of the back portion is formed of a flexible material.
30.一种可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,包括:30. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly comprising:
具有靠背部分和脚部分的上部座椅;an upper seat having a backrest portion and a foot portion;
座椅操纵机构,该座椅操纵机构可操作以在其中靠背部分和脚部分在它们之间形成第一角度的竖立状态和其中靠背部分和脚部分在它们之间形成大于第一角度的第二角度的伸长状态之间操纵上部座椅;a seat operating mechanism operable to operate the upper seat between an upright position in which the back portion and the foot portion form a first angle therebetween and an extended position in which the back portion and the foot portion form a second angle therebetween that is greater than the first angle;
支杆,其具有与轮子相关联的远端并且构造成在储存状态和操作状态之间操作,在储存状态中,汽车座椅组件能够安装在汽车中的适于将幼儿固定在其中的位置处,而在操作状态中,座椅组件能够通过所述轮子滚动;和a support bar having a distal end associated with the wheels and configured to operate between a storage position in which the car seat assembly can be installed in a vehicle in a position suitable for securing a child therein and an operating position in which the seat assembly can be rolled on the wheels; and
座椅操纵防止装置,其被构造成至少在所述支杆处于所述储存状态时防止所述上部座椅从所述竖立状态操纵到所述伸长状态。A seat manipulation prevention device is configured to prevent the upper seat from being manipulated from the upright position to the extended position at least when the support rod is in the storage position.
31.根据实施例30所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态和解锁状态之间改变状态,在所述锁定状态中,所述座椅操纵防止装置防止所述上部座椅朝向所述伸长状态的操纵,在所述解锁状态中,所述座椅操纵防止装置使得实现在所述竖立状态和所述伸长状态之间操纵所述上部座椅。31. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to Example 30, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is configured to change state between a locked state and an unlocked state, wherein in the locked state, the seat manipulation prevention device prevents manipulation of the upper seat toward the extended state, and in the unlocked state, the seat manipulation prevention device enables manipulation of the upper seat between the upright state and the extended state.
32.根据实施例31所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态中通过止动所述上部座椅来防止所述上部座椅朝向所述伸长状态的操纵。32. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 31, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is configured to prevent manipulation of the upper seat toward the extended state by arresting the upper seat in the locked state.
33.根据实施例31所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态中通过止动所述座椅操纵机构来防止所述上部座椅朝向所述伸长状态的操纵。33. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 31, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is configured to prevent manipulation of the upper seat toward the extended state by stopping the seat manipulation mechanism in the locked state.
34.根据实施例33所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置被构造成仅当所述上部座椅处于其竖立状态时才止动所述座椅操纵机构。34. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 33, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is configured to inhibit the seat manipulation mechanism only when the upper seat is in its upright state.
35.根据实施例33或34所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,35. The convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 33 or 34,
其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置包括座椅触发构件和座椅止动构件,Wherein, the seat manipulation prevention device comprises a seat triggering member and a seat stopping member,
其中,所述座椅触发构件被构造成当所述支架处于其操作状态时在所所述座椅触发构件被所述支架触发时操作所述座椅止动构件;以及wherein the seat triggering member is configured to operate the seat stop member when the seat triggering member is triggered by the bracket when the bracket is in its operative state; and
其中,所述座椅止动构件由所述座椅触发构件可操作以在其操作时从其止动状态操纵到其释放状态,在所述释放状态中所述座椅操纵机构从所述止动释放。Therein, the seat stop member is operable by the seat triggering member to be manipulated from its stop state to its release state when it is operated, in which the seat operating mechanism is released from the stop.
36.根据实施例35所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆被构造成仅当所述支杆处于其操作状态时才触发所述座椅触发构件。36. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 35, wherein the support bar is configured to trigger the seat triggering member only when the support bar is in its operational state.
37.根据实施例35或36所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,还包括:下部支撑件,其在所述下部支撑件的两个横向侧具有两个支杆附接区域,其中所述座椅触发构件邻近所述支杆附接区域中的至少一个而布置在所述下部支撑件上,其中所述支杆中的至少一个包括围绕所述支杆中的至少一个的近端定位的前部突起,并且其中所述前部突起被构造成在所述支杆处于其操作状态时触发所述座椅触发构件。37. The convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 35 or 36 further includes: a lower support member, which has two support rod attachment areas on two lateral sides of the lower support member, wherein the seat trigger member is arranged on the lower support member adjacent to at least one of the support rod attachment areas, wherein at least one of the support rods includes a front protrusion positioned around the proximal end of at least one of the support rods, and wherein the front protrusion is configured to trigger the seat trigger member when the support rod is in its operating state.
38.根据实施例30所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置由处于其储存状态的支架构成。38. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 30, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is constituted by the bracket in its storage state.
39.根据实施例38所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置由支杆的远端构成。39. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 38, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is constituted by a distal end of a support rod.
40.根据实施例30至39中任一项所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述上部座椅的所述靠背部分在所述竖立状态中定位成与基准面成第一后角,且在所述伸长状态中定位成小于所述第一后角的第二后角,并且其中所述靠背能够从所述竖立状态向后操纵到所述伸长状态。40. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to any one of Examples 30 to 39, wherein the backrest portion of the upper seat is positioned at a first rear angle with respect to a reference plane in the upright state, and is positioned at a second rear angle less than the first rear angle in the extended state, and wherein the backrest is capable of being manipulated rearwardly from the upright state to the extended state.
41.根据实施例40所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,当从属于实施例32或33中的任一个时,其中所述支架的远端被构造成在所述支架的储存状态中与所述上部座椅的靠背部分的后表面接触而紧固地定位,以阻止对所述靠背部分的向后操纵,从而至少在所述支杆处于所述储存状态时防止所述上部座椅从所述竖立状态操纵到所述伸长状态。41. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to Example 40, when subordinate to any one of Examples 32 or 33, wherein the distal end of the bracket is constructed to be securely positioned in contact with the rear surface of the backrest portion of the upper seat in the storage state of the bracket to prevent rearward manipulation of the backrest portion, thereby preventing the upper seat from being manipulated from the upright state to the extended state at least when the support rod is in the storage state.
42.根据实施例30至41中任一项所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,还包括支杆操纵防止装置,其被构造成至少在所述上部座椅处于所述伸长状态时防止所述支杆从所述操作状态操纵到所述储存状态。42. The convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to any one of embodiments 30 to 41 further includes a support rod manipulation prevention device, which is configured to prevent the support rod from being manipulated from the operating state to the storage state at least when the upper seat is in the extended state.
43.根据实施例42所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态和解锁状态之间改变其状态,在所述锁定状态中,所述支杆操纵防止装置防止所述支杆朝向所述储存状态的操纵,在所述解锁状态中,所述支杆操纵防止装置能够实现在所述储存状态和所述操作状态之间操纵所述支杆。43. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to Example 42, wherein the support rod manipulation prevention device is configured to change its state between a locked state and an unlocked state, wherein in the locked state, the support rod manipulation prevention device prevents the support rod from being manipulated toward the storage state, and in the unlocked state, the support rod manipulation prevention device enables manipulation of the support rod between the storage state and the operating state.
44.根据实施例43所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态中通过止动所述支杆来防止所述支杆朝向所述储存状态的操纵。44. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 43, wherein the support rod manipulation prevention device is configured to prevent manipulation of the support rod toward the storage state by stopping the support rod in the locked state.
45.根据实施例43所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态中通过止动所述支杆操纵机构来防止所述支杆朝向所述储存状态的操纵。45. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 43, wherein the strut manipulation prevention device is configured to prevent manipulation of the strut toward the storage state by stopping the strut manipulation mechanism in the locked state.
46.根据实施例45所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置被构造成当所述支杆处于其操作状态时止动所述支杆操纵机构。46. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 45, wherein the strut manipulation prevention device is configured to stop the strut manipulation mechanism when the strut is in its operative state.
47.根据实施例45或46所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置包括支杆触发构件和支杆止动构件。47. The convertible infant-safe car seat assembly of embodiment 45 or 46, wherein the strut manipulation prevention device comprises a strut triggering member and a strut stopping member.
其中,所述支杆触发构件被构造成当上部座椅处于其竖立状态时在所述支杆触发构件被所述上部座椅触发时操作所述支杆止动构件;和wherein the strut triggering member is configured to operate the strut stopping member when the strut triggering member is triggered by the upper seat when the upper seat is in its upright state; and
其中,所述支杆止动构件由所述支杆触发构件可操作以在其操作时从其止动状态操纵到其释放状态,在所述释放状态中,所述腿操作机构从所述止动件释放。Wherein, the strut stop member is operable by the strut trigger member to be manipulated from its stop state to its release state when operated, in which the leg operating mechanism is released from the stopper.
48.根据实施例47所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述上部座椅被构造成仅当所述上部座椅处于其竖立状态时才触发所述支杆触发构件。48. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 47, wherein the upper seat is configured to trigger the strut triggering member only when the upper seat is in its upright position.
49.根据实施例48所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆触发构件连接到所述上部座椅并且构成为所述座椅操纵机构的一部分,使得在将所述上部座椅操纵到所述竖立状态时,所述支杆触发构件还构造成将所述上部座椅维持在所述竖立状态。49. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to Example 48, wherein the support rod trigger member is connected to the upper seat and constitutes a part of the seat operating mechanism, so that when the upper seat is operated to the upright state, the support rod trigger member is also configured to maintain the upper seat in the upright state.
50.根据实施例42或43所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置由处于其伸长状态的所述上部座椅构成。50. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 42 or 43, wherein the pole manipulation prevention device is constituted by the upper seat in its extended state.
51.根据实施例50所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置由所述上部座椅的靠背部分构成。51. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 50, wherein the pole manipulation prevention device is formed by a backrest portion of the upper seat.
52.根据实施例42至51中任一项所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述靠背部分包括所述脚部分连接到的中间部分。52. The convertible infant-safe car seat assembly of any one of embodiments 42 to 51, wherein the back portion includes a middle portion to which the foot portion is connected.
53.根据实施例52所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述中间部分构成上部座椅最下部分,并且其中所述上部座椅最下部分当在所述竖立状态和所述伸长状态之间操纵所述上部座椅时可绕竖直轴线移动。53. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 52, wherein the intermediate portion constitutes a lowermost portion of the upper seat, and wherein the lowermost portion of the upper seat is movable about a vertical axis when the upper seat is manipulated between the upright state and the extended state.
54.根据实施例52或53所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述靠背部分的至少中间部分由柔性材料形成。54. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 52 or 53, wherein at least a middle portion of the back portion is formed of a flexible material.
55.一种可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,包括:55. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly comprising:
具有靠背部分和脚部分的上部座椅;an upper seat having a backrest portion and a foot portion;
座椅操纵机构,该座椅操纵机构可操作以在其中靠背部分和脚部分在它们之间形成第一角度的竖立状态和其中靠背部分和脚部分在它们之间形成大于第一角度的第二角度的伸长状态之间操纵上部座椅;a seat operating mechanism operable to operate the upper seat between an upright position in which the back portion and the foot portion form a first angle therebetween and an extended position in which the back portion and the foot portion form a second angle therebetween that is greater than the first angle;
支杆,其具有与轮子相关联的远端;a strut having a distal end associated with the wheel;
支杆操纵机构,其可操作以在储存状态和操作状态之间操纵支杆,在储存状态中,汽车座椅组件能够安装在汽车中的适于将幼儿固定在其中的位置处,而在操作状态中,座椅组件能够通过所述轮子滚动;和a strut steering mechanism operable to manipulate the strut between a storage configuration in which the vehicle seat assembly can be mounted in a vehicle in a position suitable for securing a child therein and an operating configuration in which the seat assembly can be rolled on the wheels; and
支杆操纵防止装置,其被构造成至少在所述上部座椅处于所述伸长状态时防止所述支杆从所述操作状态操纵到所述储存状态。A support rod manipulation prevention device is configured to prevent the support rod from being manipulated from the operating state to the storage state at least when the upper seat is in the extended state.
56.根据实施例55所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态和解锁状态之间改变其状态,在所述锁定状态中,所述支杆操纵防止装置防止所述支杆朝向所述储存状态的操纵,在所述解锁状态中,所述支杆操纵防止装置使得实现在所述储存状态和所述操作状态之间操纵所述支杆。56. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to Example 55, wherein the support rod manipulation prevention device is configured to change its state between a locked state and an unlocked state, wherein in the locked state, the support rod manipulation prevention device prevents manipulation of the support rod toward the storage state, and in the unlocked state, the support rod manipulation prevention device enables manipulation of the support rod between the storage state and the operating state.
57.根据实施例56所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态中通过止动所述支杆来防止所述支杆朝向所述储存状态的操纵。57. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 56, wherein the support rod manipulation prevention device is configured to prevent manipulation of the support rod toward the storage state by stopping the support rod in the locked state.
58.根据实施例56所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态中通过止动所述支杆操纵机构来防止所述支杆朝向所述储存状态的操纵。58. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 56, wherein the strut manipulation prevention device is configured to prevent manipulation of the strut toward the storage state by stopping the strut manipulation mechanism in the locked state.
59.根据实施例58所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置被构造成当所述支杆处于其操作状态时止动所述支杆操纵机构。59. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 58, wherein the strut manipulation prevention device is configured to stop the strut manipulation mechanism when the strut is in its operative state.
60.根据实施例58或59所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置包括支杆触发构件和支杆止动构件。60. The convertible infant-safe car seat assembly of embodiment 58 or 59, wherein the strut manipulation prevention device comprises a strut triggering member and a strut stopping member.
其中,所述支杆触发构件被构造成当上部座椅处于其竖立状态时在支杆触发构件由所述上部座椅触发时操作所述支杆止动构件;和wherein the strut triggering member is configured to operate the strut stopping member when the strut triggering member is triggered by the upper seat when the upper seat is in its upright state; and
其中,所述支杆止动构件由所述支杆触发构件可操作以在其操作时从止动状态操纵到其释放状态,在所述释放状态中,所述支杆操纵机构从所述止动释放。The strut stop member is operable by the strut trigger member to be manipulated from a stop state to a release state thereof when it is operated, in which the strut manipulation mechanism is released from the stop.
61.根据实施例60所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述上部座椅被构造成仅当所述上部座椅处于其操作状态时才触发所述支杆触发构件。61. The convertible infant-safe car seat assembly of embodiment 60, wherein the upper seat is configured to trigger the strut triggering member only when the upper seat is in its operational state.
62.根据实施例61所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆触发构件连接到所述上部座椅并且构成为所述座椅操纵机构的一部分,使得在将所述上部座椅操纵到所述竖立状态时,所述支杆触发构件还被构造成将所述上部座椅维持在所述竖立状态。62. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to Example 61, wherein the support rod trigger member is connected to the upper seat and constitutes a part of the seat operating mechanism, so that when the upper seat is operated to the upright state, the support rod trigger member is also configured to maintain the upper seat in the upright state.
63.根据实施例55所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置由处于其伸长状态的所述上部座椅构成。63. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of Embodiment 55, wherein the pole manipulation prevention device is constituted by the upper seat in its extended state.
64.根据实施例63所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置由所述上部座椅的靠背部分构成。64. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 63, wherein the pole manipulation prevention device is formed by a backrest portion of the upper seat.
65.根据实施例55至64中任一项所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述靠背部分包括所述脚部分连接到的中间部分。65. The convertible infant-safe car seat assembly of any one of Embodiments 55 to 64, wherein the back portion includes a middle portion to which the foot portion is connected.
66.根据实施例65所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述中间部分构成上部座椅最下部分,并且其中所述上部座椅最下部分当在所述竖立状态和所述伸长状态之间操纵所述上部座椅时可绕竖直轴线移动。66. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 65, wherein the intermediate portion constitutes a lowermost portion of the upper seat, and wherein the lowermost portion of the upper seat is movable about a vertical axis when the upper seat is manipulated between the upright state and the extended state.
67.根据实施例65或66所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中所述靠背部分的至少所述中间部分由柔性材料形成。67. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 65 or 66, wherein at least the middle portion of the back portion is formed of a flexible material.
68.根据实施例55至67中任一项所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,还包括座椅操纵防止装置,所述座椅操纵防止装置被构造成至少在所述支杆处于所述储存状态时防止所述上部座椅从所述竖立状态操纵到所述伸长状态。68. The convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to any one of Examples 55 to 67 further includes a seat manipulation prevention device, which is configured to prevent the upper seat from being manipulated from the upright state to the extended state at least when the support rod is in the storage state.
69.根据实施例68所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态和解锁状态之间改变状态,在所述锁定状态中,所述座椅操纵防止装置防止所述上部座椅朝向所述伸长状态的操纵,在所述解锁状态中,所述座椅操纵防止装置能够实现在所述竖立状态和所述伸长状态之间操纵所述上部座椅。69. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to Example 68, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is configured to change state between a locked state and an unlocked state, wherein in the locked state, the seat manipulation prevention device prevents manipulation of the upper seat toward the extended state, and in the unlocked state, the seat manipulation prevention device enables manipulation of the upper seat between the upright state and the extended state.
70.根据实施例68或69所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态中通过止动所述上部座椅来防止所述上部座椅朝向所述伸长状态的操纵。70. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 68 or 69, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is configured to prevent manipulation of the upper seat toward the extended state by stopping the upper seat in the locked state.
71.根据实施例68或69所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态中通过止动所述座椅操纵机构来防止所述上部座椅朝向所述伸长状态的操纵。71. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 68 or 69, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is configured to prevent manipulation of the upper seat toward the extended state by stopping the seat manipulation mechanism in the locked state.
72.根据实施例71所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置被构造成仅当所述上部座椅处于其竖立状态时才止动所述座椅操纵机构。72. A convertible infant-safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 71, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is configured to stop the seat manipulation mechanism only when the upper seat is in its upright state.
73.根据实施例71或72所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,73. The convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 71 or 72,
其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置包括座椅触发构件和座椅止动构件,Wherein, the seat manipulation prevention device comprises a seat triggering member and a seat stopping member,
其中,所述座椅触发构件被构造成当所述支杆处于其操作状态时在所述座椅触发构件被所述支杆触发时操作所述座椅止动构件;和wherein the seat triggering member is configured to operate the seat stopping member when the seat triggering member is triggered by the strut when the strut is in its operative state; and
其中,所述座椅止动构件由所述座椅触发构件可操作以在其操作时从止动状态操纵到其释放状态,在所述释放状态中,所述座椅操纵机构从所述止动释放。Therein, the seat stop member is operable by the seat triggering member to be manipulated from a stop state to a release state thereof when operated, in which the seat operating mechanism is released from the stop.
74.根据实施例73所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆被构造成仅当所述支杆处于其操作状态时才触发所述座椅触发构件。74. The convertible infant-safe car seat assembly of embodiment 73, wherein the support bar is configured to trigger the seat triggering member only when the support bar is in its operational state.
75.根据实施例73或74所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,还包括:下部支撑件,其在所述下部支撑件的两个横向侧具有两个支杆附接区域,其中,所述座椅触发构件邻近所述支杆附连区域中的至少一个而布置在所述下部支撑件上,其中所述支杆中的至少一个包括围绕所述支杆中的至少一个的近端定位的前部突起,并且其中所述前部突起被构造成在所述支杆处于其操作状态时触发所述座椅触发构件。75. The convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 73 or 74 further includes: a lower support member, which has two support rod attachment areas on two lateral sides of the lower support member, wherein the seat trigger member is arranged on the lower support member adjacent to at least one of the support rod attachment areas, wherein at least one of the support rods includes a front protrusion positioned around the proximal end of at least one of the support rods, and wherein the front protrusion is configured to trigger the seat trigger member when the support rod is in its operating state.
76.根据实施例68所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置由处于其储存状态的支杆构成。76. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 68, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is constituted by a support rod in its storage state.
77.根据实施例76所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置由支杆的远端构成。77. The convertible infant safety car seat assembly of embodiment 76, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is constituted by the distal end of the support rod.
78.根据实施例68至77中任一项所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中所述上部座椅的所述靠背部分在所述竖立状态中定位成与基准面成第一后角,并且在所述伸长状态中定位成小于所述第一后角的第二后角,并且其中所述靠背能够从所述竖立状态向后操纵到所述伸长状态。78. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to any one of Examples 68 to 77, wherein the backrest portion of the upper seat is positioned at a first rear angle with respect to a reference plane in the upright state, and is positioned at a second rear angle less than the first rear angle in the extended state, and wherein the backrest is capable of being manipulated rearwardly from the upright state to the extended state.
79.根据实施例78所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,当从属于实施例70或71中的任一个时,其中,所述支杆的远端被构造成在所述支杆的储存状态中与所述上部座椅的靠背部分的后表面接触而紧固地定位,以阻止对所述靠背部分的向后操纵,从而至少在所述支杆处于所述储存状态时防止所述上部座椅从所述竖立状态操纵到所述伸长状态。79. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to Example 78, when subordinate to any one of Examples 70 or 71, wherein the distal end of the support rod is constructed to be securely positioned in contact with the rear surface of the backrest portion of the upper seat in the storage state of the support rod to prevent rearward manipulation of the backrest portion, thereby preventing the upper seat from being manipulated from the upright state to the extended state at least when the support rod is in the storage state.
80.一种可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,包括:80. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly comprising:
下部支撑件,其具有前部和后部以及水平地穿过所述下部支撑件的最下部区域的参考面;a lower support member having a front portion and a rear portion and a reference plane extending horizontally through a lowermost region of the lower support member;
上部座椅,其可铰接地连接到所述下部支撑件并且具有与所述下部支撑件的后部相关联的靠背部分和与所述下部支撑件的前部相关联的脚部分;an upper seat hingeably connected to the lower support and having a backrest portion associated with a rear portion of the lower support and a foot portion associated with a front portion of the lower support;
具有轮子的支杆,所述支杆能够在储存状态和操作状态之间操作,在所述储存状态中,至少所述轮子位于所述参考面上方,并且所述组件能够安装在汽车中的适于将幼儿固定在其中的位置处,在所述操作状态中,至少所述轮子位于所述参考面下方,以使得所述座椅组件能够借助于所述轮子滚动;a support bar having wheels, the support bar being operable between a storage state in which at least the wheels are located above the reference surface and the assembly is mountable in a vehicle at a location suitable for securing an infant therein, and an operating state in which at least the wheels are located below the reference surface so that the seat assembly can be rolled by means of the wheels;
支杆操纵机构,其可操作以在储存状态和操作状态之间操纵支杆;a strut manipulation mechanism operable to manipulate the strut between a stored condition and an operational condition;
座椅操纵机构,其可操作以在其中靠背部分和脚部分在它们之间形成第一角度的竖立状态和其中靠背部分和脚部分在它们之间形成大于第一角度的第二角度的伸长状态之间操纵上部座椅;a seat operating mechanism operable to operate the upper seat between an upright position in which the back portion and the foot portion form a first angle therebetween and an extended position in which the back portion and the foot portion form a second angle therebetween that is greater than the first angle;
被构造成使用户能够操纵所述座椅操纵机构的座椅操纵致动器,以及被构造成使用户能够操纵所述支杆操纵机构的支杆操纵致动器,所述座椅和所述支杆操纵致动器中的一个被定位在与所述下部支撑件的前部相关联的位置处,而另一个被定位在与所述下部支撑件的前部向后间隔开的位置处。a seat manipulation actuator configured to enable a user to manipulate the seat manipulation mechanism, and a strut manipulation actuator configured to enable a user to manipulate the strut manipulation mechanism, one of the seat and the strut manipulation actuator being positioned at a position associated with the front of the lower support member, and the other being positioned at a position spaced rearwardly from the front of the lower support member.
81.根据实施例80所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵致动器被定位在所述下部支撑件的前部。81. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 80, wherein the seat maneuver actuator is positioned forward of the lower support member.
82.根据实施例80或81所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆的储存状态仅能够与所述上部座椅的竖立状态相结合,从而限定所述座椅组件的第一模式;所述上部座椅的伸长状态仅能够与所述支杆的操作状态相结合,从而限定所述座椅组件的第二模式;以及支杆的操作状态和上部座椅的竖立状态也能够至少相互结合,从而限定了座椅组件的第三模式。82. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 80 or 81, wherein the storage state of the support rod can only be combined with the upright state of the upper seat, thereby defining a first mode of the seat assembly; the extended state of the upper seat can only be combined with the operating state of the support rod, thereby defining a second mode of the seat assembly; and the operating state of the support rod and the upright state of the upper seat can also be at least combined with each other, thereby defining a third mode of the seat assembly.
83.根据实施例80,81或82所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅组件可以仅从其第三模式进入其第一模式和第二模式。83. A convertible infant-safe car seat assembly according to embodiment 80, 81 or 82, wherein the seat assembly can enter its first mode and its second mode only from its third mode.
84.根据实施例82或83所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其构造成使得通过上部座椅处于伸长状态而至少间接地防止处于座椅组件的第二模式的支杆的操纵。84. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 82 or 83, configured such that manipulation of the support rod in the second mode of the seat assembly is at least indirectly prevented by the upper seat being in the extended state.
85.根据实施例80至84中任一项所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,还被构造成使得通过所述支杆处于储存状态而至少间接地防止处于所述座椅组件的所述第一模式的所述上部座椅的操纵。85. The convertible infant-safe car seat assembly of any one of embodiments 80 to 84, further configured such that manipulation of the upper seat in the first mode of the seat assembly is at least indirectly prevented by the support rod being in the storage state.
86.根据实施例80至85中任一项所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,还包括支杆操纵防止装置,其被构造成至少在所述上部座椅处于所述伸长状态时防止所述支杆从所述操作状态操纵到所述储存状态。86. The convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to any one of embodiments 80 to 85 further includes a support rod manipulation prevention device, which is configured to prevent the support rod from being manipulated from the operating state to the storage state at least when the upper seat is in the extended state.
87.根据实施例80至86中任一项所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,还包括座椅操纵防止装置,其被构造成至少在所述支杆处于所述储存状态时防止所述上部座椅从所述竖立状态操纵到所述伸长状态。87. The convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to any one of embodiments 80 to 86 further includes a seat manipulation prevention device, which is configured to prevent the upper seat from being manipulated from the upright state to the extended state at least when the support rod is in the storage state.
88.根据实施例87所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态和解锁状态之间改变状态,在所述锁定状态中,所述座椅操纵防止装置防止所述上部座椅朝向所述伸长状态的操纵,而在所述解锁状态中,所述座椅操纵防止装置能够实现在所述竖立状态和所述伸长状态之间操纵所述上部座椅。88. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to Example 87, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is configured to change state between a locked state and an unlocked state, wherein in the locked state, the seat manipulation prevention device prevents manipulation of the upper seat toward the extended state, and in the unlocked state, the seat manipulation prevention device enables manipulation of the upper seat between the upright state and the extended state.
89.根据实施例88所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态中通过止动所述上部座椅来防止所述上部座椅朝向所述伸长状态的操纵。89. A convertible infant-safe car seat assembly according to embodiment 88, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is configured to prevent manipulation of the upper seat toward the extended state by stopping the upper seat in the locked state.
90.根据实施例88或89所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态中通过止动所述座椅操纵机构来防止所述上部座椅朝向所述伸长状态的操纵。90. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 88 or 89, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is configured to prevent manipulation of the upper seat toward the extended state by stopping the seat manipulation mechanism in the locked state.
91.根据实施例89或90所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置被构造成仅当所述上部座椅处于其竖立状态时才止动所述座椅操纵机构。91. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 89 or 90, wherein the seat operation prevention device is configured to stop the seat operation mechanism only when the upper seat is in its upright state.
92.根据实施例87至91中任一项所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置包括处于其储存状态的支杆。92. The convertible infant-safe car seat assembly of any one of embodiments 87 to 91, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device comprises a support rod in its storage state.
93.根据实施例92所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置包括所述支杆的远端。93. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 92, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device comprises a distal end of the support rod.
94.根据实施例80至93中任一项所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述上部座椅的靠背部分能够从所述竖立状态向后操纵到所述伸长状态。94. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of any one of embodiments 80 to 93, wherein the backrest portion of the upper seat is maneuverable rearwardly from the upright position to the extended position.
95.根据实施例94所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆的远端被构造成在所述支杆的储存状态中与所述上部座椅的靠背部分的后表面接触而紧固地定位,以阻止所述靠背部分的向后操纵,从而至少在所述支架处于所述储存状态时防止所述上部座椅从所述竖立状态操纵到所述伸长状态。95. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to Example 94, wherein the distal end of the support rod is configured to be securely positioned in contact with the rear surface of the backrest portion of the upper seat in the storage state of the support rod to prevent rearward manipulation of the backrest portion, thereby preventing the upper seat from being manipulated from the upright state to the extended state at least when the support is in the storage state.
96.根据实施例86和直接或间接地从属于实施例86的实施例87至95中任一项所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态和解锁状态之间改变其状态,在所述锁定状态中,所述支杆操纵防止装置防止所述支杆朝向所述储存状态的操纵,在所述解锁状态中,所述支杆操纵防止装置能够实现在所述储存状态和所述操作状态之间操纵所述支杆。96. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to any one of Example 86 and Examples 87 to 95 directly or indirectly subordinate to Example 86, wherein the support rod manipulation prevention device is configured to change its state between a locked state and an unlocked state, wherein in the locked state, the support rod manipulation prevention device prevents manipulation of the support rod toward the storage state, and in the unlocked state, the support rod manipulation prevention device enables manipulation of the support rod between the storage state and the operating state.
97.根据实施例96所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态中通过止动所述支杆来防止所述支杆朝向所述储存状态的操作。97. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 96, wherein the support rod manipulation prevention device is configured to prevent operation of the support rod toward the storage state by stopping the support rod in the locked state.
98.根据实施例96或97所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态中通过止动所述支杆操纵机构来防止所述支杆朝向所述储存状态的操作。98. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 96 or 97, wherein the pole manipulation prevention device is configured to prevent operation of the pole toward the storage state by stopping the pole manipulation mechanism in the locked state.
99.根据实施例98所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置被构造成当所述支杆处于其操作状态时止动所述支杆操纵机构。99. The convertible infant safety car seat assembly of embodiment 98, wherein the strut manipulation prevention device is configured to stop the strut manipulation mechanism when the strut is in its operative state.
100.根据实施例86或当直接或间接从属于实施例86时的实施例87至99中任一项所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中所述支杆操纵防止装置由处于其伸长状态的上部座椅构成。100. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to Example 86 or any one of Examples 87 to 99 when directly or indirectly dependent upon Example 86, wherein the pole manipulation prevention device is constituted by the upper seat in its extended state.
101.根据实施例100所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述支杆操纵防止装置包括所述上部座椅的靠背部分。101. The convertible infant-safety car seat assembly of embodiment 100, wherein the pole manipulation prevention device comprises a backrest portion of the upper seat.
102.一种婴儿座椅,其至少在使用中包括:102. An infant seat, which, at least in use, comprises:
外壳,其由塑料材料制成并且具有面向外部的外侧和在其处所述座椅的织物盖可附接到所述外壳的内侧,所述外壳具有后壁和两个侧壁,每个侧壁具有在相应上边缘处合并的相应内表面和外表面,所述后壁和侧壁的上边缘连续地合并且构成外壳上边缘,a shell made of plastic material and having an outer side facing outwards and an inner side of the shell at which the fabric cover of the seat can be attached, the shell having a rear wall and two side walls, each side wall having a respective inner surface and an outer surface merging at a respective upper edge, the upper edges of the rear wall and the side walls merging continuously and constituting the upper shell edge,
织物盖,用于在所述织物盖可拆卸地连接到外壳的内侧时至少覆盖该内侧;a fabric cover for covering at least the inner side of the housing when the fabric cover is removably connected to the inner side of the housing;
顶罩;和Top cover; and
拉链装置,用于将盖和顶罩可拆卸地连接到邻近外壳上边缘的外壳,该拉链装置包括顶罩拉链和盖拉链,每个拉链是分离式的并且包括拉链箱和拉链销并且具有:A zipper assembly for removably connecting a cover and a top cover to a shell adjacent an upper edge of the shell, the zipper assembly comprising a top cover zipper and a cover zipper, each zipper being separable and comprising a zipper box and a zipper pin and having:
具有拉链箱和拉链销中的一个的外壳拉链半部,该拉链箱和拉链销中的一个在后壁和侧壁的外表面处至少沿着其邻近后壁的部分缝合到邻近外壳上边缘的外壳,以及a shell zipper half having one of a zipper box and a zipper pin sewn to the shell adjacent an upper edge of the shell at least along a portion thereof adjacent the rear wall at an outer surface of the rear wall and the side walls, and
具有拉链箱和拉链销中的另一个的匹配拉链半部,第一拉链的匹配拉链半部缝合到所述盖,第二拉链的匹配拉链半部缝合到所述顶罩,having matching zipper halves of the other of the zipper box and the zipper pin, the matching zipper halves of the first zipper being sewn to the cover, the matching zipper halves of the second zipper being sewn to the top cover,
其中,可选地,拉链箱位于外壳拉链半部上并且拉链销位于匹配拉链半部上。Wherein, optionally, the zipper box is located on the shell zipper half and the zipper pin is located on the matching zipper half.
103.根据实施例102所述的婴儿座椅,其中,所述拉链中的每一个的所述外壳拉链半部都具有:基部,在所述基部处,所述外壳拉链半部缝合到所述壳;和具有拉链齿的扑动部分,并且两个拉链的外壳拉链半部都在外壳拉链半部的基部处缝合到外壳,使得当接合拉链的对应匹配半部时外壳拉链半部的扑动部分能够彼此分开和独立地操纵。103. An infant seat according to embodiment 102, wherein the shell zipper half of each of the zippers has: a base, at which the shell zipper half is sewn to the shell; and a flapping portion having zipper teeth, and the shell zipper halves of both zippers are sewn to the shell at the base of the shell zipper halves, so that the flapping portions of the shell zipper halves can be separated and manipulated independently from each other when the corresponding matching halves of the zippers are engaged.
104.根据实施例102或103所述的婴儿座椅,其中,所述盖拉链的外壳拉链半部与所述外壳的所述上边缘间隔第一程度,并且所述顶罩拉链的外壳拉链半部与所述外壳的所述上边缘间隔小于第一程度的第二程度。104. An infant seat according to embodiment 102 or 103, wherein the shell zipper half of the cover zipper is spaced from the upper edge of the shell to a first degree, and the shell zipper half of the top cover zipper is spaced from the upper edge of the shell to a second degree that is less than the first degree.
105.根据实施例102至104中任一项所述的婴儿座椅,其中,所述盖拉链的所述外壳拉链半部沿着所述外壳的所述上边缘的至少一部分延伸,并且所述顶罩拉链的所述外壳拉链半部沿着所述盖拉链的所述外壳拉链半部的一部分延伸。105. An infant seat according to any one of embodiments 102 to 104, wherein the shell zipper half of the cover zipper extends along at least a portion of the upper edge of the shell, and the shell zipper half of the top cover zipper extends along a portion of the shell zipper half of the cover zipper.
106.根据实施例102至105中任一项所述的婴儿座椅,其中,当所述盖和所述顶罩两者均被拉链到所述外壳时,所述顶罩拉链沿着所述顶罩拉链的长度覆盖所述盖拉链。106. The infant seat of any one of embodiments 102 to 105, wherein when both the lid and the top cover are zipped to the shell, the top cover zipper covers the lid zipper along the length of the top cover zipper.
107.根据实施例102至106中任一项所述的婴儿座椅,其中,所述两个拉链的所述外壳半部的所述拉链箱位于所述外壳的不同侧壁处或邻近所述外壳的不同侧壁,从而使得所述盖拉链能够沿着与所述顶罩拉链的方向相反的方向紧固。107. An infant seat according to any one of embodiments 102 to 106, wherein the zipper boxes of the shell halves of the two zippers are located at or adjacent to different side walls of the shell, so that the cover zipper can be fastened in a direction opposite to the direction of the top cover zipper.
108.根据实施例102至107中任一项所述的婴儿座椅,其中,所述两个外壳拉链半部通过至少一个共同缝合接缝而一起缝合到所述外壳。108. The infant seat according to any one of embodiments 102 to 107, wherein the two shell zipper halves are sewn together to the shell by at least one common sewn seam.
109.根据实施例102至108中任一项所述的婴儿座椅,其中,所述外壳上边缘包括阶梯状的拉链接收凹部,所述拉链接收凹部具有:第一壁,在所述第一壁处,所述拉链的外壳半部缝合到外壳;以及第二壁,该第二壁横向于所述第一壁定向并且具有限定所述凹部的深度的高度。109. An infant seat according to any one of embodiments 102 to 108, wherein the upper edge of the shell includes a stepped zipper retraction recess, the zipper retraction recess having: a first wall at which the shell half of the zipper is sewn to the shell; and a second wall oriented transversely to the first wall and having a height that limits the depth of the recess.
110.根据实施例108或109所述的婴儿座椅,当直接或间接从属于实施例111时,其中,所述拉链装置还包括织物捆绑件,所述织物捆绑件容纳所述外壳半部的基部并且通过所述至少一个共同缝合接缝而缝合到具有植物捆绑件的所述外壳。110. An infant seat according to embodiment 108 or 109, when directly or indirectly subordinate to embodiment 111, wherein the zipper device also includes a fabric binding piece, which accommodates the base of the shell half and is sewn to the shell with the plant binding piece by at least one common sewing seam.
111.根据当从属于实施例109时的实施例110所述的婴儿座椅,其中,具有所述外壳拉链半部的所述基部的捆绑件具有对应于所述拉链接收凹部的深度的厚度。111. An infant seat according to embodiment 110 when dependent upon embodiment 109, wherein the binding with the base of the shell zipper half has a thickness corresponding to the depth of the zipper receiving recess.
112.根据实施例108或当直接或间接从属于实施例108时的实施例109至111中任一项所述的婴儿座椅,当实施例108直接或间接从属于实施例103时,其中,除了所述至少一个共同缝合接缝之外,所述外壳拉链半部的基部还通过预先形成的连接彼此连接,所述预先形成的连接能够可选地通过焊接形成。112. An infant seat according to embodiment 108 or any one of embodiments 109 to 111 when directly or indirectly subordinate to embodiment 108, when embodiment 108 is directly or indirectly subordinate to embodiment 103, wherein, in addition to the at least one common stitched seam, the bases of the shell zipper halves are also connected to each other by a preformed connection, and the preformed connection can optionally be formed by welding.
113.根据实施例102至112中任一项所述的婴儿座椅,其中,所述盖拉链比所述顶罩拉链长,所述盖拉链相对于所述顶罩拉链沿着所述外壳的所述两个侧壁中的每一个侧壁进一步向下延伸。113. An infant seat according to any one of embodiments 102 to 112, wherein the cover zipper is longer than the top cover zipper, and the cover zipper extends further downward along each of the two side walls of the shell relative to the top cover zipper.
114.根据实施例102至113中任一项所述的婴儿座椅,其中,当所述顶罩被紧固时,仅所述顶罩拉链能够被松开并且所述盖拉链保持至少部分不可接近。114. The infant seat according to any one of embodiments 102 to 113, wherein when the top cover is fastened, only the top cover zipper can be released and the lid zipper remains at least partially inaccessible.
115.一种可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其适于将幼儿固定在其中,并且具有第一储存模式和第二操作模式,在所述第一储存模式中,所述组件适于定位在汽车内,在所述第二操作模式中,所述组件能够沿着外部支撑表面而滚动,所述组件在处于储存模式并且定位在外部支撑表面上能够在中性位置和前倾斜位置和后倾斜位置中的至少一个位置之间在所述外部支撑表面上摇摆,所述组件包括:115. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly adapted to secure an infant therein and having a first storage mode and a second operating mode, wherein in the first storage mode the assembly is adapted to be positioned within a vehicle, and in the second operating mode the assembly is capable of rolling along an external support surface, wherein the assembly is capable of rocking on the external support surface between a neutral position and at least one of a forward reclined position and a rearward reclined position when in the storage mode and positioned on the external support surface, the assembly comprising:
一个或多个最下部区域,其可操作以在中性位置接触外部支撑表面;one or more lowermost regions operable to contact an external support surface in a neutral position;
前部区域和后部区域中的至少一个,其可操作以在处于所述前部倾斜位置和后部倾斜位置中的相应至少一个时接触所述外部支撑表面;at least one of a front region and a rear region operable to contact said exterior support surface when in a respective at least one of said front inclined position and rear inclined position;
水平参考面,其包括当处于中性位置时的组件的一个或多个最下部区域,并且想象地表示所述外部支撑表面;a horizontal reference plane comprising the lowermost region or regions of the assembly when in a neutral position and notionally representing said outer support surface;
下部支撑件,其具有前部和后部以及在所述组件处于所述中性位置时最靠近所述水平参考面的座椅最下部区域;a lower support member having a front portion and a rear portion and a lowermost area of the seat closest to said horizontal reference plane when said assembly is in said neutral position;
上部座椅,其连接到所述下部支撑件并且具有与所述下部支撑件的后部相关联的靠背部分和与所述下部支撑件的前部相关联的脚部分;an upper seat connected to the lower support and having a backrest portion associated with a rear portion of the lower support and a foot portion associated with a front portion of the lower support;
支杆,其在其近端处连接到下部支撑件且具有远端,所述远端具有至少在操作模式中固定到其上的轮子,所述支杆能够在至少与所述组件的储存模式相关联的储存状态与至少与所述组件的操作模式相关联的操作状态之间操作,在所述储存状态中,具有所述轮子的每个支杆的至少一部分位于所述参考面上方,而在所述操作状态中,具有所述轮子的每个支杆的至少所述部分位于所述参考面下方,以便能够通过所述轮子滚动座椅组件;所述支杆构成一对后支杆和一对前支杆;struts connected at their proximal ends to the lower support and having distal ends with wheels fixed thereto at least in an operational mode, said struts being operable between a storage state associated at least with the storage mode of the assembly, in which at least a portion of each strut having said wheels is located above said reference plane, and an operational state associated at least with the operational mode of the assembly, in which at least a portion of each strut having said wheels is located below said reference plane so as to enable rolling of the seat assembly by means of said wheels; said struts constituting a pair of rear struts and a pair of front struts;
至少一对的支杆具有弯曲的形状,使得当处于储存状态时,所述至少一对的支杆具有被定位在中性位置的参考面上方的第一区域、构成所述前部区域和后部区域中的至少一个的至少一个第二区域,以及与第一区域和第二区域间隔开的至少一个第三区域,至少第二区域具有由不同于至少一个第三区域的材料制成的摇摆参与部分,所述材料诸如用于与所述摇摆参与部分如果由制造所述第三区域的材料制成将所具有的摇摆质量相比改善至少一个摇摆质量。At least one pair of struts has a curved shape so that when in the storage state, the at least one pair of struts has a first area positioned above a reference plane in a neutral position, at least one second area constituting at least one of the front area and the rear area, and at least one third area spaced apart from the first area and the second area, at least the second area having a swing participation portion made of a material different from that of at least one third area, such as for improving at least one swing mass compared to the swing mass that the swing participation portion would have if it was made of the material of the third area.
116.根据实施例115所述的组件,其中,所述摇摆质量是以下中的至少一个:116. The assembly of embodiment 115, wherein the swaying mass is at least one of:
较高摩擦能力,使得摇摆参与部分构成摩擦增加部分;或Higher friction capacity, so that the swing participation part constitutes the friction increasing part; or
柔软性,使得所述摇摆参与部分构成软接触部分。The softness makes the swing participation part constitute a soft contact part.
117.根据实施例115或116所述的组件,其中,所述一个或多个最下部区域和所述至少一个第二区域至少如所述组件的侧视图中所示地构成连续弯曲形状。117. A component according to embodiment 115 or 116, wherein the one or more lowermost regions and the at least one second region form a continuous curved shape at least as shown in a side view of the component.
118.根据实施例115至117中任一项所述的组件,其中,所述至少一个第二区域在对应支杆的储存状态中构成以下中的至少一个:118. The assembly of any one of embodiments 115 to 117, wherein the at least one second region, in the storage state of the corresponding pole, constitutes at least one of the following:
前部区域和所述后部区域中的所述至少一个的后部区域,并且从下部支撑件的后部进一步向后延伸The rear region of at least one of the front region and the rear region and further extends rearward from the rear of the lower support member
前部区域和后部区域中的所述至少一个的前部区域,并且从下部支撑件的前部进一步向前延伸。The front region of the at least one of the front region and the rear region and extends further forward from the front of the lower support member.
119.根据实施例115至118中任一项所述的组件,其中,所述下部支撑件和所述支杆中的至少一个包括与所述一个或多个最下部区域和所述至少一个第二区域间隔开的至少一个其它区域,其中所述一个或多个最下部区域中的至少一个包括由不同于所述至少一个其它区域的材料的材料制成的摇摆参与部分,所述材料诸如用于与所述摇摆参与部分如果由制造其它区域的材料制成将所具有的摇摆质量相比改善至少一个摇摆质量。119. A component according to any one of embodiments 115 to 118, wherein at least one of the lower support member and the support rod includes at least one other region separated from the one or more lowermost regions and the at least one second region, wherein at least one of the one or more lowermost regions includes a swing participating portion made of a material different from the material of the at least one other region, such as for improving at least one swing mass compared to the swing mass that the swing participating portion would have if it was made of the material of the other regions.
120.根据实施例119所述的组件,其中,所述第二区域的所述摇摆参与部分和所述一个或多个最下部区域中的所述至少一个的所述摇摆参与部分由相同材料制成。120. A component according to embodiment 119, wherein the rocking participation portion of the second region and the rocking participation portion of at least one of the one or more lowermost regions are made of the same material.
121.根据实施例119或120所述的组件,其中,所述至少一个其它区域构成所述下部支撑件和所述支杆中的所述至少一个的大部分区域。121. The assembly of embodiments 119 or 120, wherein the at least one other region constitutes a majority of the area of the at least one of the lower support member and the strut.
122.根据实施例115至121中任一项所述的组件,其中,所述组件的所述一个或多个最下部区域包括所述座椅最下部区域。122. An assembly as described in any one of embodiments 115 to 121, wherein the one or more lowermost regions of the assembly include a lowermost region of the seat.
123.根据实施例122所述的组件,其中,所述下部支撑件包括弯曲底部,所述弯曲底部在所述下部支撑件的所述前部和后部之间延伸并且包括所述座椅最下部区域,其中所述弯曲底部在处于所述储存模式并且定位在外部支撑表面上以在所述中性位置和所述前倾斜位置和所述后倾斜位置中的至少一个位置之间能够在所述外部支撑表面上摇摆时至少部分地参与所述组件的能力。123. An assembly according to embodiment 122, wherein the lower support member includes a curved bottom that extends between the front and rear portions of the lower support member and includes the lowermost area of the seat, wherein the curved bottom at least partially participates in the ability of the assembly to rock on the external support surface when in the storage mode and positioned on the external support surface between the neutral position and at least one of the front tilt position and the rear tilt position.
124.根据实施例115至123中任一项所述的组件,其中,所述组件的所述一个或多个最下部区域包括所述至少一对支杆的第一区域。124. The assembly of any one of embodiments 115 to 123, wherein the one or more lowermost regions of the assembly include a first region of the at least one pair of struts.
125.根据实施例124所述的组件,所述第一区域具有由不同于所述至少一个第三区域的材料制成的摇摆参与部分,所述材料诸如用于与所述摇摆参与部分如果由制造所述第三区域的材料制成将所具有的摇摆质量相比改善至少一个摇摆质量。125. In the component of embodiment 124, the first region has a swing participating portion made of a material different from that of the at least one third region, such as to improve at least one swing mass compared to the swing mass that the swing participating portion would have if it was made of the material from which the third region was made.
126.根据实施例125所述的组件,其中第二区域的摇摆参与部分和第一区域的摇摆参与部分由相同的材料制成。126. A component according to embodiment 125, wherein the rocking participating portion of the second region and the rocking participating portion of the first region are made of the same material.
127.根据实施例124至126中任一项所述的组件,其中,所述第一区域至少在所述组件的侧视图中至少部分地与所述至少一个第二区域中的一个重合。127. A component according to any one of embodiments 124 to 126, wherein the first region at least partially overlaps with one of the at least one second region at least in a side view of the component.
128.根据实施例115至127中任一项所述的组件,其中,所述至少一对支杆的支杆的轮子在连接到所述支杆时构成用于将所述组件的摇摆限制在所述前倾斜位置和后倾斜位置中的所述至少一个中的限位器(stopper)。128. An assembly according to any one of embodiments 115 to 127, wherein the wheels of the struts of the at least one pair of struts, when connected to the struts, constitute stoppers for limiting the swaying of the assembly in at least one of the front tilt position and the rear tilt position.
129.根据实施例115至127中任一项所述的组件,所述至少一对支杆的支杆的轮子可拆卸地连接到该支杆。129. The assembly of any one of embodiments 115 to 127, wherein the wheels of the poles of the at least one pair of poles are detachably connected to the poles.
130.根据实施例129所述的组件,其中,当所述轮子从所述支杆拆卸时,所述组件的摇摆的范围与所述轮子连接到所述支杆时相比增大,所述范围由在所述组件的摇摆期间与所述水平参考面重合的所述组件的总面积限定。130. An assembly according to embodiment 129, wherein, when the wheel is removed from the support pole, the range of swing of the assembly is increased compared to when the wheel is connected to the support pole, and the range is limited by the total area of the assembly that coincides with the horizontal reference plane during the swing of the assembly.
131.根据实施例115至130中任一项所述的组件,其中,所述至少一对支杆是支杆的前对。131. The assembly of any one of embodiments 115 to 130, wherein the at least one pair of struts is a front pair of struts.
132.根据实施例131所述的组件,所述至少一个第二区域构成在组件的相应后部倾斜位置与参考面重合的后部区域。132. In the component of embodiment 131, the at least one second region constitutes a rear region that coincides with the reference plane at a corresponding rear inclined position of the component.
133.根据实施例116或当直接或间接从属于实施例116时的实施例117至132中任一项所述的组件,其中,制造所述摩擦增加部分所用的材料比所述至少一个第三区域的材料软,所述摇摆参与部分由此构成所述软接触部分。133. A component according to embodiment 116 or any one of embodiments 117 to 132 when directly or indirectly subordinate to embodiment 116, wherein the material used to make the friction increasing portion is softer than the material of at least one third region, and the rocking participation portion thereby constitutes the soft contact portion.
134.根据实施例133所述的组件,其中,所述软接触部分对组件的摇摆提供阻尼。134. The assembly of embodiment 133, wherein the soft contact portion provides damping to rocking of the assembly.
135.根据实施例115至134中任一项所述的组件,其中,制造所述摇摆参与部分所用的材料防止所述至少一对支杆的机械损坏。135. An assembly according to any one of embodiments 115 to 134, wherein the material used to manufacture the rocking participation portion prevents mechanical damage to the at least one pair of struts.
136.根据实施例115至135中任一项所述的组件,其中,所述至少一个第三区域构成所述至少一对支杆的大部分。136. The assembly of any one of embodiments 115 to 135, wherein the at least one third region constitutes a majority of the at least one pair of struts.
137.根据实施例115至136中任一项所述的组件,其中,具有所述摇摆参与部分的每个支部由第一材料制成,并且所述摇摆参与部分由不同于所述第一材料的第二材料制成。137. A component according to any one of embodiments 115 to 136, wherein each branch having the rocking participation portion is made of a first material, and the rocking participation portion is made of a second material different from the first material.
138.根据实施例137所述的组件,其中,所述摇摆参与部分呈衬垫(liner)的形式,所述衬垫在其面对所述参考面的表面处附接到相应支杆。138. An assembly according to embodiment 137, wherein the rocking participation part is in the form of a liner, which is attached to the corresponding support rod at its surface facing the reference surface.
139.一种可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,包括:139. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly comprising:
下部支撑件,其具有前部和后部以及水平地穿过所述下部支撑件的最下部区域的参考面;a lower support member having a front portion and a rear portion and a reference plane extending horizontally through a lowermost region of the lower support member;
上部座椅,其连接到所述下部支撑件并且具有与所述下部支撑件的后部相关联的靠背部分和与所述下部支撑件的前部相关联的脚部分;an upper seat connected to the lower support and having a backrest portion associated with a rear portion of the lower support and a foot portion associated with a front portion of the lower support;
具有轮子的支杆,所述支杆能够在储存状态和操作状态之间操作,在所述储存状态中,至少所述轮子位于所述参考面上方,并且所述组件适于在汽车内或在支撑表面上被定位在适于将幼儿固定在其中的位置处,在所述操作状态中,至少所述轮子位于所述参考面下方,以使得所述座椅组件能够通过所述轮子滚动;所述支杆构成与后轮相关联的一对后支杆,以及与前轮相关联的一对前支杆,所述前轮在其储存状态中从所述下部支撑件侧向突出至比所述后轮至少在所述组件的后视图中更大的程度;所述前支杆可枢转地从所述操作状态操纵到所述储存状态,使得在所述储存状态中,所述前轮被定位为比所述脚部分更靠近所述靠背部分;a support rod having wheels, the support rod being operable between a storage state and an operating state, in which at least the wheels are located above the reference surface and the assembly is suitable for being positioned in a vehicle or on a support surface in a position suitable for securing an infant therein, and in which at least the wheels are located below the reference surface so that the seat assembly can be rolled by the wheels; the support rod constituting a pair of rear support rods associated with the rear wheels and a pair of front support rods associated with the front wheels, the front wheels in their storage state laterally projecting from the lower support to a greater extent than the rear wheels at least in a rear view of the assembly; the front support rods being pivotally maneuverable from the operating state to the storage state so that in the storage state the front wheels are positioned closer to the backrest portion than the foot portion;
其中,至少所述前轮通过快速释放机构连接到所述前支杆。Wherein, at least the front wheel is connected to the front support rod via a quick release mechanism.
140.根据实施例139所述的组件,其中,所述前轮能够在相对于所述下部支撑件侧向延伸的轮移除方向上从所述前支杆移除。140. The assembly of embodiment 139, wherein the front wheel is removable from the front strut in a wheel removal direction extending laterally relative to the lower support.
141.根据实施例140所述的组件,其中,所述前轮中的每一个前轮包括当该轮子连接到相应前支杆时沿着所述轮移除方向延伸的支杆连接元件,并且所述前支杆中的每一个前支杆包括沿着所述轮移除方向延伸的轮连接元件。141. A component according to embodiment 140, wherein each of the front wheels includes a strut connecting element extending along the wheel removal direction when the wheel is connected to the corresponding front strut, and each of the front struts includes a wheel connecting element extending along the wheel removal direction.
142.根据实施例141所述的组件,所述支杆连接元件和所述轮连接元件可拆卸地相互连接,从而允许轮子与支杆连接元件一起相对于轮连接元件围绕平行于轮移除方向的轮转动轴线转动。142. The assembly of embodiment 141, wherein the strut connection element and the wheel connection element are removably connected to each other, thereby allowing the wheel to rotate with the strut connection element relative to the wheel connection element about a wheel rotation axis parallel to the wheel removal direction.
143.根据实施例142所述的组件,所述支部连接元件和所述轮连接元件至少部分地构成快速释放机构。143. The assembly of embodiment 142, wherein the branch connection element and the wheel connection element at least partially constitute a quick release mechanism.
144.根据实施例143所述的组件,其中,所述快速释放机构还包括释放致动器,所述释放致动器用于致动所述支架连接元件从所述轮连接元件释放。144. The assembly of embodiment 143, wherein the quick release mechanism further comprises a release actuator for actuating the release of the bracket connection element from the wheel connection element.
145.根据实施例144所述的组件,其中,所述释放致动器被定位在前轮和相应前支杆中的一个处。145. An assembly according to embodiment 144, wherein the release actuator is positioned at one of the front wheel and the corresponding front strut.
146.根据实施例139至145中任一项所述的组件,其中,所述前轮中的每一个包括:滚动区域,该滚动区域被构造成当所述组件借助于所述轮子在支撑表面上滚动时与所述支撑表面接触;以及剩余区域,该剩余区域被构造成当所述组件在支撑表面上滚动时不与所述支撑表面接触,所述前轮中的每一个包括被定位在所述剩余区域处的轮保持部分,所述轮保持部分适于由用户保持为至少用于将所述轮子从相应前支杆移除。146. A component according to any one of embodiments 139 to 145, wherein each of the front wheels comprises: a rolling area, which is configured to contact the support surface when the component rolls on the support surface with the aid of the wheel; and a remaining area, which is configured not to contact the support surface when the component rolls on the support surface, and each of the front wheels comprises a wheel holding portion positioned at the remaining area, and the wheel holding portion is suitable for being held by a user for at least removing the wheel from the corresponding front support rod.
147.根据实施例139至146中任一项所述的组件,其中,所述后轮通过快速释放机构连接到所述后支杆。147. An assembly according to any one of embodiments 139 to 146, wherein the rear wheel is connected to the rear support rod by a quick release mechanism.
148.一种婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,包括:148. An infant safety car seat assembly, comprising:
具有靠背部分和脚部分的座椅;A seat having a back portion and a foot portion;
把手,其在所述座椅的把手附接区域处通过可枢转附件连接到所述座椅,所述可枢转附件使得所述把手能够在多个不同位置之间枢转,所述把手具有面对所述把手附接区域的座椅面对区域和相对的面对外部的区域;以及a handle connected to the seat at a handle attachment area of the seat by a pivotable attachment that enables the handle to pivot between a plurality of different positions, the handle having a seat facing area facing the handle attachment area and an opposing exterior facing area; and
用于吸收其上的冲击能量的至少一部分的侧面保护模块,所述侧面保护模块可选择性地可安装在所述把手的面对外部的区域处。A side protection module for absorbing at least a portion of impact energy thereon, the side protection module being selectively mountable at an outwardly facing region of the handle.
149.根据实施例148所述的组件,其中,所述侧面保护模块被构造成在安装到所述把手时与所述把手一起可枢转。149. An assembly according to embodiment 148, wherein the side protection module is configured to be pivotable together with the handle when mounted to the handle.
150.根据实施例148或149所述的组件,其中,所述侧面保护模块具有沿着纵向轴线延伸的细长形状并且包括至少部分地沿着所述纵向轴线彼此间隔开的第一把手接合部分和第二把手接合部分。150. An assembly according to embodiment 148 or 149, wherein the side protection module has an elongated shape extending along a longitudinal axis and includes a first handle engagement portion and a second handle engagement portion spaced apart from each other at least partially along the longitudinal axis.
151.根据实施例150所述的组件,其中,在所述侧面保护模块安装到所述把手时,所述把手的面向外部的区域包括用于接合所述第一把手接合部分的第一模块接合部分和用于接合所述第二把手接合部分的第二模块接合部分。151. An assembly according to embodiment 150, wherein, when the side protection module is mounted to the handle, the outward-facing area of the handle includes a first module engagement portion for engaging the first handle engagement portion and a second module engagement portion for engaging the second handle engagement portion.
152.根据实施例151所述的组件,其中,所述第一把手接合部分和所述第二把手接合部分中的至少一个包括把手连接元件,并且所述第一模块接合部分和所述第二模块接合部分中的相应的至少一个包括模块连接元件,所述把手连接元件和所述模块连接元件彼此可拆卸地连接。152. A component according to embodiment 151, wherein at least one of the first handle joining portion and the second handle joining portion includes a handle connecting element, and correspondingly at least one of the first module joining portion and the second module joining portion includes a module connecting element, and the handle connecting element and the module connecting element are detachably connected to each other.
153.根据实施例152的组件,所述把手连接元件和所述模块连接元件通过快速释放机构彼此可拆卸地连接。153. According to the component of embodiment 152, the handle connecting element and the module connecting element are detachably connected to each other by a quick release mechanism.
154.根据实施例153的组件,所述快速释放机构是磁连接机构。154. The assembly of embodiment 153, wherein the quick release mechanism is a magnetic connection mechanism.
155.根据实施例151至154中任一项所述的组件,其中,所述第一把手接合部分和所述第二把手接合部分中的至少一个包括定向固定机构的第一部分,并且所述第一模块接合部分和所述第二模块接合部分中的相应的至少一个包括所述定向固定机构的第二部分,其中所述定向固定机构的所述第一部分和所述第二部分被构造成当所述侧面保护模块安装到所述把手时彼此接合以相对于所述把手固定所述侧面保护模块的定向。155. A component according to any one of embodiments 151 to 154, wherein at least one of the first handle engaging portion and the second handle engaging portion includes a first portion of an orientation fixing mechanism, and at least one of the first module engaging portion and the second module engaging portion includes a second portion of the orientation fixing mechanism, wherein the first portion and the second portion of the orientation fixing mechanism are configured to engage with each other when the side protection module is mounted to the handle to fix the orientation of the side protection module relative to the handle.
156.根据实施例155所述的组件,其中,所述定向固定机构被构造成用于在所述把手的枢转期间维持所述侧面保护模块相对于所述把手的定向。156. An assembly according to embodiment 155, wherein the orientation securing mechanism is configured to maintain the orientation of the side protection module relative to the handle during pivoting of the handle.
157.根据实施例151至156中任一项所述的组件,其中,所述侧面保护模块包括偏离所述纵向轴线定位的至少一个第三把手接合部分,并且所述把手的面向外部的区域包括至少一个第三模块接合部分,所述至少一个第三模块接合部分构造成当所述侧面保护模块安装至所述把手时接合所述至少一个第三把手接合部分。157. A component according to any one of embodiments 151 to 156, wherein the side protection module includes at least one third handle engagement portion positioned offset from the longitudinal axis, and the outward-facing area of the handle includes at least one third module engagement portion, and the at least one third module engagement portion is configured to engage the at least one third handle engagement portion when the side protection module is mounted to the handle.
158.根据实施例157所述的组件,其中,所述至少一个第三把手接合部分包括把手连接元件,并且所述至少一个模块接合部分包括模块连接元件,所述把手连接元件和所述模块连接元件彼此可拆卸地连接。158. A component according to embodiment 157, wherein the at least one third handle engaging portion includes a handle connecting element, and the at least one module engaging portion includes a module connecting element, and the handle connecting element and the module connecting element are detachably connected to each other.
159.根据实施例158所述的组件,所述把手连接元件和所述模块连接元件通过快速释放机构彼此可拆卸地连接。159. In the assembly of embodiment 158, the handle connection element and the module connection element are detachably connected to each other via a quick release mechanism.
160.根据实施例159所述的组件,所述快速释放机构是磁连接机构。160. In the assembly of embodiment 159, the quick release mechanism is a magnetic connection mechanism.
161.根据实施例148至160中任一项所述的组件,还包括电缆连接装置,所述电缆连接装置用于在所述侧面保护模块安装到所述把手时将所述侧面保护模块连接到所述把手和所述座椅中的至少一个。161. The assembly according to any one of embodiments 148 to 160 further includes a cable connection device, which is used to connect the side protection module to at least one of the handle and the seat when the side protection module is mounted to the handle.
162.根据实施例161所述的组件,其中,所述电缆连接装置包括电缆,所述电缆具有可连接到所述侧面保护模块的第一端和可连接到所述把手和所述座椅中的所述至少一个的第二端。162. An assembly according to embodiment 161, wherein the cable connection device includes a cable having a first end connectable to the side protection module and a second end connectable to at least one of the handle and the seat.
163.根据实施例148至162中任一项所述的组件,其中,所述侧面保护模块包括可选择性地可安装至所述把手的第一模块部件和可选择性地可安装至所述第一模块部件的第二模块部件。163. An assembly according to any one of embodiments 148 to 162, wherein the side protection module includes a first module component selectively mountable to the handle and a second module component selectively mountable to the first module component.
164.根据实施例163所述的组件,其中,所述侧面保护模块包括锁定装置,所述锁定装置用于在所述第二模块部件安装到所述第一模块部件时选择性地将所述第一模块部件和所述第二模块部件彼此锁定。164. An assembly according to embodiment 163, wherein the side protection module includes a locking device for selectively locking the first module part and the second module part to each other when the second module part is mounted to the first module part.
165.根据实施例148至164中任一项所述的组件,还包括支杆,所述支杆具有带轮子的远端和在其支杆附接区域处连接到所述座椅的相对的近端,所述支杆附接区域至少在所述组件的侧视图中至少部分地与所述把手附接区域重叠。165. The assembly of any one of embodiments 148 to 164, further comprising a support pole having a distal end with wheels and a relative proximal end connected to the seat at a support pole attachment area thereof, wherein the support pole attachment area at least partially overlaps with the handle attachment area at least in a side view of the assembly.
166.根据实施例165所述的组件,其中,所述座椅具有水平地穿过其最下部区域的参考面,所述支杆能够在储存状态和操作状态之间操作,在所述储存状态中,至少所述远端位于所述参考面上方,并且所述组件适于定位在其中固定有幼儿的汽车内,在所述操作状态中,至少所述远端位于所述参考面下方,以使得所述座椅组件能够借助于在所述远端处连接的轮子而滚动,所述支杆能够朝向座椅的靠背部分向后枢转以用于从操作状态操纵到储存状态,使得在储存状态中,所述远端定位成比脚部分更靠近靠背部分;所述支杆构成至少在操作状态下与后轮相关联的一对后支杆和至少在操作状态下与前轮相关联的一对前支杆。166. An assembly according to embodiment 165, wherein the seat has a reference plane horizontally passing through its lowermost area, the support rod is capable of operating between a storage state and an operating state, in which the storage state at least the distal end is located above the reference plane, and the assembly is suitable for being positioned in a car in which a young child is secured, in which the operating state at least the distal end is located below the reference plane so that the seat assembly can roll with the aid of wheels connected at the distal end, the support rod is capable of pivoting rearwardly toward the backrest portion of the seat for maneuvering from the operating state to the storage state, so that in the storage state the distal end is positioned closer to the backrest portion than the foot portion; the support rod constitutes a pair of rear support rods associated with the rear wheels at least in the operating state and a pair of front support rods associated with the front wheels at least in the operating state.
167.根据实施例166所述的组件,其中,所述前轮和后轮中的至少一个轮子在其储存状态下连接到对应的支杆时构成附加侧面保护模块。167. An assembly according to embodiment 166, wherein at least one of the front and rear wheels constitutes an additional side protection module when connected to the corresponding support rod in its storage state.
168.根据实施例167所述的组件,其中,在所述支杆的储存状态中,所述至少一个轮子从所述座椅向侧面突出的程度至少在所述组件的后视图中大于在所述座椅的与所述至少一个轮子相同侧上的至少另一个轮子从所述座椅向侧面突出的程度。168. An assembly according to embodiment 167, wherein, in the storage state of the support rod, the extent to which the at least one wheel protrudes laterally from the seat is greater than the extent to which at least another wheel on the same side of the seat as the at least one wheel protrudes laterally from the seat, at least in a rear view of the assembly.
169.根据实施例168所述的组件,其中,所述至少一个轮子是前轮,并且所述至少另一个轮子是后轮。169. An assembly according to embodiment 168, wherein the at least one wheel is a front wheel and the at least another wheel is a rear wheel.
170.一种可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,包括:170. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly comprising:
下部支撑件,其具有前部和后部以及水平地穿过所述下部支撑件的最下部区域的参考面;a lower support member having a front portion and a rear portion and a reference plane extending horizontally through a lowermost region of the lower support member;
上部座椅,其连接到所述下部支撑件并且具有与所述下部支撑件的后部相关联的靠背部分和与所述下部支撑件的前部相关联的脚部分;所述上部座椅能够在其中所述靠背部分和脚部分在其间形成第一角度的竖立状态和其中所述靠背部分和脚部分在其间形成大于所述第一角度的第二角度的伸长状态之间操作;an upper seat connected to the lower support and having a back portion associated with a rear portion of the lower support and a foot portion associated with a front portion of the lower support; the upper seat being operable between an upright position in which the back portion and the foot portion define a first angle therebetween and an extended position in which the back portion and the foot portion define a second angle therebetween that is greater than the first angle;
具有轮子的支杆,所述支杆能够在储存状态与操作状态之间操纵,在所述储存状态中,至少所述轮子位于所述参考面上方,而在所述操作状态中,至少所述车轮位于所述参考面的下方,以使得所述座椅组件能够借助于所述轮子而滚动;a support post having wheels, the support post being manipulable between a storage position in which at least the wheels are above the reference surface and an operational position in which at least the wheels are below the reference surface so that the seat assembly can be rolled by means of the wheels;
所述下部支撑件包括位于所述下部支撑件的后部处的后铰接部分和位于所述下部支撑件的前部处的前铰接部分,所述靠背部分枢转地铰接到所述后铰接部分,所述上部座椅的脚部分被构造成可滑动地铰接到所述前铰接部分,所述上部座椅的状态在所述竖立状态和所述伸长状态之间的改变可以通过所述靠背部分的枢转铰接连同所述脚部分的滑动铰接来实现。The lower support member includes a rear hinged portion located at the rear of the lower support member and a front hinged portion located at the front of the lower support member, the backrest portion is pivotally hinged to the rear hinged portion, the foot portion of the upper seat is configured to be slidably hinged to the front hinged portion, and the change of the state of the upper seat between the upright state and the extended state can be achieved by the pivotal hinge of the backrest portion in conjunction with the sliding hinge of the foot portion.
171.根据实施例170所述的组件,其中,所述靠背部分绕垂直于所述下部支撑件的纵向轴线的枢转轴线枢转地铰接,并且所述脚部分沿着所述下部支撑件的纵向轴线可滑动地铰接。171. An assembly as described in embodiment 170, wherein the backrest portion is pivotally hinged about a pivot axis perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the lower support member, and the foot portion is slidably hinged along the longitudinal axis of the lower support member.
172.根据实施例170或171所述的组件,其中,所述上部座椅的所述靠背部分和所述脚部分彼此连接,使得对所述靠背部分和所述脚部分中的一个的操纵引起对另一个的操纵。172. An assembly according to embodiment 170 or 171, wherein the back portion and the foot portion of the upper seat are connected to each other so that manipulation of one of the back portion and the foot portion causes manipulation of the other.
173.根据实施例170至172中任一项所述的组件,其中,所述上部座椅还包括将所述靠背部分和所述脚部分彼此固定连接的中间部分。173. An assembly as described in any one of embodiments 170 to 172, wherein the upper seat further includes an intermediate portion that fixedly connects the back portion and the foot portion to each other.
174.根据实施例173所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述中间部分构成上部座椅的最下部分,并且其中所述上部座椅的最下部分当在所述竖立状态和所述伸长状态之间操纵所述上部座椅时可绕竖直轴线移动。174. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 173, wherein the middle portion constitutes the lowermost portion of the upper seat, and wherein the lowermost portion of the upper seat is movable about a vertical axis when the upper seat is manipulated between the upright state and the extended state.
175.根据实施例173或174所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,靠背部分的至少中间部分由柔性材料形成。175. A convertible infant-safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 173 or 174, wherein at least a middle portion of the backrest portion is formed from a flexible material.
176.根据实施例173至175中任一项所述的组件,其中,所述中间部分是凹形的且由柔性材料形成,使得其可以在操纵所述上部座椅到所述伸长状态时弯曲。176. An assembly according to any one of embodiments 173 to 175, wherein the intermediate portion is concave and formed from a flexible material so that it can bend when the upper seat is manipulated to the extended state.
177.根据实施例170至176中任一项所述的组件,还包括座椅操纵机构,所述座椅操纵机构可操作以在所述竖立状态与所述伸长状态之间操纵所述上部座椅;以及座椅操纵防止装置,其可操作地防止所述上部座椅从所述竖立状态操纵到所述伸长状态。177. The component according to any one of embodiments 170 to 176 further includes a seat operating mechanism, which is operable to operate the upper seat between the upright state and the extended state; and a seat operation prevention device, which is operable to prevent the upper seat from being operated from the upright state to the extended state.
178.根据实施例177所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置被构造成在锁定状态和解锁状态之间改变状态,在所述锁定状态中,所述座椅操纵防止装置防止所述上部座椅朝向所述伸长状态的操纵,在所述解锁状态中,所述座椅操纵防止装置能够实现在所述竖立状态和所述伸长状态之间操纵所述上部座椅。178. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to Example 177, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is configured to change state between a locked state and an unlocked state, wherein in the locked state, the seat manipulation prevention device prevents manipulation of the upper seat toward the extended state, and in the unlocked state, the seat manipulation prevention device enables manipulation of the upper seat between the upright state and the extended state.
179.根据实施例177或178所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置可操作以在锁定状态中通过止动所述上部座椅来防止所述上部座椅朝向所述伸长状态的操纵。179. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 177 or 178, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is operable to prevent manipulation of the upper seat toward the extended state by stopping the upper seat in the locked state.
180.根据实施例177或178所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置可操作以在锁定状态中通过止动所述座椅操纵机构来防止所述上部座椅朝向所述伸长状态的操纵。180. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 177 or 178, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is operable to prevent manipulation of the upper seat toward the extended state by stopping the seat manipulation mechanism in the locked state.
181.根据实施例180所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置可操作以仅当所述上部座椅处于其竖立状态时才止动所述座椅操纵机构。181. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 180, wherein the seat operation prevention device is operable to stop the seat operation mechanism only when the upper seat is in its upright state.
182.根据实施例177至181中任一项所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置由处于其储存状态的支杆构成。182. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to any one of embodiments 177 to 181, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is constituted by a support rod in its storage state.
183.根据实施例182所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述座椅操纵防止装置由所述支杆的远端构成。183. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to embodiment 182, wherein the seat manipulation prevention device is formed by the distal end of the support rod.
184.根据实施例170或当直接或间接从属于实施例170时的实施例171至183中任一项所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述后铰接部分呈定位在所述下部支撑件的侧壁中的铰接凹部的形式,所述铰接凹部被构造成在其中自由地接收所述靠背部分的一个或多个可铰接元件,以允许这些元件围绕所述枢转轴线枢转。184. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to any one of Example 170 or Examples 171 to 183 when directly or indirectly subordinate to Example 170, wherein the rear hinged portion is in the form of a hinge recess positioned in the side wall of the lower support member, and the hinge recess is configured to freely receive one or more hinged elements of the backrest portion therein to allow these elements to pivot about the pivot axis.
185.根据实施例184所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述靠背部分的所述一个或多个可铰接元件包括与所述靠背部分一体形成或组装的后枢转轴。185. The convertible infant-safe car seat assembly of embodiment 184, wherein the one or more hinged elements of the backrest portion include a rear pivot shaft integrally formed or assembled with the backrest portion.
186.根据实施例170或当直接或间接从属于实施例170时的实施例171所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述前铰接部分呈平行于纵向轴线延伸的细长铰接槽的形式并且被构造成在其中可滑动地接收脚部分的至少一个相应可铰接元件。186. A convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to Example 170 or Example 171 when directly or indirectly subordinate to Example 170, wherein the front hinge portion is in the form of an elongated hinge groove extending parallel to the longitudinal axis and is configured to slidably receive at least one corresponding hinged element of the foot portion therein.
187.根据实施例186所述的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件,其中,所述脚部份的所述可铰接元件包括与所述脚部份一体形成或组装的滑动杆。187. The convertible infant-safe car seat assembly of embodiment 186, wherein the hingeable element of the foot portion comprises a sliding rod integrally formed or assembled with the foot portion.
附图的简要描述BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
为了更好地理解本文中公开的主题并且举例说明如何在实践中实施本发明,现在将参考附图仅以非限制性实例的方式描述实施例,其中:In order to better understand the subject matter disclosed herein and to illustrate how the invention may be implemented in practice, embodiments will now be described, by way of non-limiting example only, with reference to the accompanying drawings, in which:
图1A、1B、1C和1D图示了根据当前公开的主题的一个示例的婴儿安全汽车座椅组件在该组件可以被使用的相应汽车座椅安装或储存模式、伸长婴儿车模式、竖立婴儿车模式和可滚动的承载器模式的侧视图;1A , 1B, 1C and 1D illustrate side views of an infant safety car seat assembly according to one example of the presently disclosed subject matter in respective car seat installation or storage modes, extended stroller modes, upright stroller modes, and rollable carrier modes in which the assembly may be used;
图1E是图示图1A至图1C/1D所示的模式之间的可能转换的示意图;FIG. 1E is a schematic diagram illustrating possible transitions between the modes shown in FIG. 1A to FIG. 1C / 1D ;
图2A是下部支撑件的前透视图,该下部支撑件可以用于根据当前公开的主题的一个示例的婴儿安全汽车座椅组件;2A is a front perspective view of a lower support member that may be used with an infant-safe car seat assembly according to one example of the presently disclosed subject matter;
图2B是图2A所示的下部支撑件的一个侧壁沿图2A中的垂直于侧壁的内表面的A-A方向所截取的视图;FIG2B is a view of a side wall of the lower support member shown in FIG2A taken along the A-A direction perpendicular to the inner surface of the side wall in FIG2A;
图3A是没有覆盖的情况下的上部座椅的前透视图,该上部座椅可以在根据当前公开的主题的一个示例的婴儿安全汽车座椅组件中与图2A和2B所示的下部支撑件一起使用,该上部座椅处于其竖立状态;FIG. 3A is a front perspective view of an upper seat without a cover that may be used with the lower support member shown in FIGS. 2A and 2B in an infant-safe car seat assembly according to one example of the presently disclosed subject matter, the upper seat being in its upright position;
图3B是图3A的上部座椅的侧视图;FIG3B is a side view of the upper seat of FIG3A ;
图3C是沿图3A中的垂直于剖开平面的方向B-B看去的图3A中所示的上部座椅的透视剖开侧视图;FIG3C is a perspective cutaway side view of the upper seat shown in FIG3A , viewed along the direction B-B perpendicular to the cutaway plane in FIG3A ;
图3D是图3A至3C所示的上部座椅的前透视图,该上部座椅处于其伸长状态;Fig. 3D is a front perspective view of the upper seat shown in Figs. 3A to 3C, the upper seat being in its extended state;
图3E是图3D的上部座椅的侧视图;FIG3E is a side view of the upper seat of FIG3D ;
图4A是座椅组件的顶部透视图,该座椅组件具有安装到图2A和2B所示的下部支撑件的图3A-3E所示的上部座椅,该上部座椅处于图3A-3C所示的竖立状态,其脚部分被移除以简化图示;FIG4A is a top perspective view of a seat assembly having the upper seat of FIGS. 3A-3E mounted to the lower support member of FIGS. 2A and 2B , the upper seat being in the upright position of FIGS. 3A-3C with its foot portion removed to simplify illustration;
图4B是图4A所示的座椅组件的区域4B的放大透视图,包括座椅操纵机构和座椅操纵防止装置,并且移除了上部座椅的脚部分以简化图示;4B is an enlarged perspective view of area 4B of the seat assembly shown in FIG. 4A , including the seat manipulation mechanism and the seat manipulation prevention device, with the foot portion of the upper seat removed to simplify the illustration;
图4C是图4B所示的座椅组件的区域4C的放大视图;FIG4C is an enlarged view of area 4C of the seat assembly shown in FIG4B;
图4D是图4A所示的座椅组件的区域4D的放大视图;FIG4D is an enlarged view of area 4D of the seat assembly shown in FIG4A;
图4E图示了当座椅组件的上部座椅处于其伸长状态如图3D和3E所示时的图4D所示的区域;Fig. 4E illustrates the area shown in Fig. 4D when the upper seat of the seat assembly is in its extended state as shown in Figs. 3D and 3E;
图4F是根据当前公开的主题的一个示例的婴儿安全汽车座椅组件的腿的近端的特写视图,该支杆被示出为处于其操作状态;4F is a close-up view of the proximal end of a leg of an infant-safe car seat assembly according to one example of the presently disclosed subject matter, the strut being shown in its operative state;
图4G是图4F的支杆的近端,该支杆被示出为处于其储存状态;FIG4G is a proximal end of the strut of FIG4F , the strut being shown in its stored state;
图5A是图4A所示的座椅组件的后透视图;FIG5A is a rear perspective view of the seat assembly shown in FIG4A;
图5B是图5A中的区域5B的放大视图,包括支杆操纵机构和支杆操纵防止装置;FIG5B is an enlarged view of area 5B in FIG5A, including a strut manipulation mechanism and a strut manipulation prevention device;
图5C图示了当座椅组件的上部座椅处于其伸长状态时的图5B所示的座椅的区域62;FIG. 5C illustrates the area 62 of the seat shown in FIG. 5B when the upper seat of the seat assembly is in its extended state;
图6是图4A的座椅组件的后透视图,其图示了根据当前公开的主题的另一个示例的座椅操纵防止装置;6 is a rear perspective view of the seat assembly of FIG. 4A , illustrating a seat manipulation prevention device according to another example of the presently disclosed subject matter;
图7A是示意性地示出根据当前公开的主题的一个示例的处于储存模式的婴儿安全汽车座椅组件的后透视图,其具有侧面保护模块;7A is a rear perspective view schematically illustrating an infant-safety car seat assembly in a storage mode having a side protection module according to one example of the presently disclosed subject matter;
图7B是示意性地示出根据当前公开的主题的一个示例的两个婴儿安全汽车座椅组件的后视图,处于储存模式的每个所述婴儿安全汽车座椅组件位于汽车内,每个所述婴儿安全汽车座椅组件具有侧面保护模块;7B is a diagram schematically illustrating a rear view of two infant-safety car seat assemblies, each located within a vehicle in a storage mode, each having a side protection module, according to one example of the presently disclosed subject matter;
图7C是根据当前公开的主题的一个示例的处于储存模式的婴儿安全汽车座椅组件的侧视图,其中其把手处于防反弹状态,并且该组件具有侧面保护模块;7C is a side view of an infant-safe car seat assembly in a storage mode with its handle in an anti-bounce position and with a side protection module according to one example of the presently disclosed subject matter;
图7D和7E是图7C的婴儿安全汽车座椅组件的侧视图,其中把手分别处于承载器状态和储存状态;7D and 7E are side views of the infant safety car seat assembly of FIG. 7C , with the handle in a carrier state and a storage state, respectively;
图7F图示了图7C的婴儿安全汽车座椅组件的把手和侧面保护模块的不同视图;FIG. 7F illustrates a different view of the handle and side protection module of the infant safety car seat assembly of FIG. 7C ;
图7G图示了根据当前公开的主题的一个示例的具有两个模块部件的侧面保护模块的不同视图;FIG. 7G illustrates a different view of a side protection module having two module components according to one example of the presently disclosed subject matter;
图7H是根据当前公开的主题的一个示例的通过电缆连接装置进一步连接到把手的侧面保护模块的侧面透视图;7H is a side perspective view of a side protection module further connected to a handle via a cable connection according to one example of the presently disclosed subject matter;
图8A是根据当前公开的主题的一个示例的处于竖立操作模式的婴儿安全汽车座椅组件的前透视图;8A is a front perspective view of an infant-safety car seat assembly in an upright operating mode according to one example of the presently disclosed subject matter;
图8B是根据当前公开的主题的一个示例的座椅组件的后透视图,该组件具有附接到其的顶罩;8B is a rear perspective view of a seat assembly according to one example of the presently disclosed subject matter having a top cover attached thereto;
图9是根据当前公开的主题的一个示例的座椅组件中的具有拉链装置的上部座椅的一部分的放大透视图,其中织物盖沿着拉链长度的大部分被拉链到其;9 is an enlarged perspective view of a portion of an upper seat having a zipper arrangement in a seat assembly according to one example of the presently disclosed subject matter, with a fabric cover zipped thereto along a majority of the zipper length;
图10是与图9相同的视图,没有织物盖;FIG10 is the same view as FIG9 without the fabric cover;
图11是根据当前公开的主题的另一个示例的用于将织物盖和顶罩安装到婴儿座椅的靠背的拉链装置可以具有的示意性横截面图;11 is a schematic cross-sectional view of what a zipper arrangement for mounting a fabric cover and top cover to a backrest of an infant seat may have according to another example of the presently disclosed subject matter;
图12A是根据当前公开的主题的一个示例的处于储存模式的婴儿安全汽车座椅组件的侧视图,示出为处于其中性位置;12A is a side view of an infant-safe car seat assembly in a storage mode according to one example of the presently disclosed subject matter, shown in its neutral position;
图12B是图12A所示的婴儿安全汽车座椅组件的侧视图,示出为处于其后倾斜位置;FIG12B is a side view of the infant safety car seat assembly shown in FIG12A, shown in its rearward reclined position;
图12C是图12A的婴儿安全汽车座椅组件的侧面透视图,示出为处于其后倾斜位置FIG. 12C is a side perspective view of the infant safety car seat assembly of FIG. 12A , shown in its rearward reclined position
图12D是图12A的婴儿安全汽车座椅组件的侧面透视图,示出为处于其中性位置;FIG12D is a side perspective view of the infant-safety car seat assembly of FIG12A, shown in its neutral position;
图12E是图12A的婴儿安全汽车座椅组件的底部透视图;FIG12E is a bottom perspective view of the infant safety car seat assembly of FIG12A;
图13A是根据当前公开的主题的一个示例的处于储存模式的婴儿安全汽车座椅组件的前透视图;13A is a front perspective view of an infant-safety car seat assembly in a storage mode according to one example of the presently disclosed subject matter;
图13B是图13A的婴儿安全汽车座椅组件的后透视图;FIG13B is a rear perspective view of the infant safety car seat assembly of FIG13A;
图13C是图13A的婴儿安全汽车座椅组件的后视图;FIG13C is a rear view of the infant safety car seat assembly of FIG13A;
图13D是与图13A相同的视图,示出了从相应的前支杆移除的前轮;Fig. 13D is the same view as Fig. 13A showing the front wheels removed from the corresponding front struts;
图13E是与图13B相同的视图,示出了从相应的前支杆移除的两个前轮;和FIG13E is the same view as FIG13B showing the two front wheels removed from the respective front struts; and
图13F图示了图13A的婴儿安全汽车座椅组件的前支杆和从前支杆移除的前轮。13F illustrates the front support bar of the infant-safety car seat assembly of FIG. 13A with the front wheels removed from the front support bar.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
根据当前公开的主题的一个示例的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件可以是构造成在如图1A-1D所示的操作模式中使用的任何座椅组件。这些操作模式是图1A中所示的汽车座椅安装模式,其在下文中将被称为储存模式20。图1B中所示的伸长婴儿车模式,其在下文中将被称为伸长操作模式24;图1C中所示的竖立婴儿车模式和图1D中所示的可滚动承载器模式,这两种模式在下文中将被称为竖立操作模式22。An example convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to the presently disclosed subject matter can be any seat assembly configured to be used in the operating modes shown in Figures 1A-1D. These operating modes are the car seat installation mode shown in Figure 1A, which will be referred to as the storage mode 20 hereinafter; the extended stroller mode shown in Figure 1B, which will be referred to as the extended operating mode 24 hereinafter; the upright stroller mode shown in Figure 1C and the rollable carrier mode shown in Figure 1D, both of which will be referred to as the upright operating mode 22 hereinafter.
在本示例中,图1A至1D所示的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件用10表示,并且其包括:下部支撑件30;铰接到下部支撑件30并且安装在下部支撑件30上的上部座椅50;具有与轮子相关联的远端71和枢转地铰接到下部支撑件30的近端72的支杆70;以及被构造成在如图1A至1D所示的多个位置之间枢转的把手杆12。In this example, the convertible infant safety car seat assembly shown in Figures 1A to 1D is represented by 10, and includes: a lower support member 30; an upper seat 50 hinged to and mounted on the lower support member 30; a support rod 70 having a distal end 71 associated with a wheel and a proximal end 72 pivotally hinged to the lower support member 30; and a handle bar 12 configured to pivot between multiple positions as shown in Figures 1A to 1D.
把手杆可以具有可调节的长度,从而允许把手杆根据安全汽车座椅组件要使用的模式采取多种状态。The handle bar may have an adjustable length, thereby allowing the handle bar to adopt multiple positions depending on the mode in which the safety car seat assembly is to be used.
本实施例的把手杆12可以至少采取:承载器状态(图1D),在承载器状态中,把手杆12大致竖直地定向(图1D);婴儿车状态(图1B和1C),在婴儿车状态中,把手杆12向前延伸并且可具有大于承载器状态的长度;以及储存状态(图1A),在储存状态中,把手杆12向后定向。The handle bar 12 of this embodiment can take at least: a carrier state (Figure 1D), in which the handle bar 12 is oriented approximately vertically (Figure 1D); a stroller state (Figures 1B and 1C), in which the handle bar 12 extends forward and may have a length greater than that in the carrier state; and a storage state (Figure 1A), in which the handle bar 12 is oriented backward.
下部支撑件30包括被构造成接触支撑表面26的座椅最下部区域32,该支撑表面26可以例如是车辆座椅或牢固安装在其上的底座或地面,座椅组件被构造成用作安全座椅。当座椅组件10处于储存模式20时,支撑表面26适于将座椅组件10安装/定位在其上。座椅最下部区域32限定了假想的水平基准面34并且还包括两个支杆附接区域42,支杆的近端72在以下两个状态之间枢转地铰接到支杆附接区域42:The lower support member 30 includes a seat lowermost region 32 configured to contact a support surface 26, which may be, for example, a vehicle seat or a base or ground surface securely mounted thereon, with the seat assembly configured to function as a safety seat. The support surface 26 is adapted to mount/position the seat assembly 10 thereon when the seat assembly 10 is in the storage mode 20. The seat lowermost region 32 defines an imaginary horizontal reference plane 34 and also includes two strut attachment regions 42 to which the proximal ends 72 of the struts are pivotally hinged between the following two states:
(a)储存状态(图1A),其中支杆的远端被定位在水平基准面34上或水平基准面34上方,使得座椅组件10的座椅最下部区域32可以接触支撑表面26,该座椅组件将安装在支撑表面26上或其将定位在支撑表面26上;和(a) a storage position ( FIG. 1A ) in which the distal ends of the struts are positioned on or above a horizontal reference plane 34 such that a seat-most region 32 of the seat assembly 10 may contact a support surface 26 on which the seat assembly is to be mounted or on which it is to be positioned; and
(b)操作状态(图1B、1C和1D),在该操作状态中,座椅组件可以通过支撑表面26上的轮子滚动,所述轮子被定位水平基准面34下方。(b) An operating state ( FIGS. 1B , 1C and 1D ) in which the seat assembly can be rolled on wheels on the support surface 26 , which are positioned below the horizontal reference plane 34 .
上部座椅50包括后靠背部分52和前脚部分54,该前脚部分54与水平基准面34的间隔距离小于靠背部分52与水平基准面34的间隔距离。靠背部分52被构造成支撑坐在座椅组件10上的婴儿的头部和背部,并且为了更好地支撑头部,靠背部分52可以设置有头枕组件53,该头枕组件53被构造成在默认位置和提升位置之间调节,如本领域所公知的。The upper seat 50 includes a rear backrest portion 52 and a front foot portion 54, the front foot portion 54 being spaced a distance less than the backrest portion 52 from the horizontal reference plane 34. The backrest portion 52 is configured to support the head and back of an infant sitting on the seat assembly 10, and in order to better support the head, the backrest portion 52 may be provided with a headrest assembly 53, which is configured to be adjusted between a default position and a raised position, as is well known in the art.
上部座椅50可以在以下两种状态之间操纵:The upper seat 50 can be manipulated between the following two states:
(a)竖立状态(图1A、1C和1D),能够实现婴儿所坐的位置固定到上部座椅50,其中靠背部分52具有第一定向并且与脚部分54形成第一角度α;和(a) an upright position ( FIGS. 1A , 1C and 1D ) enabling an infant to be positioned to be secured to the upper seat 50 , wherein the backrest portion 52 has a first orientation and forms a first angle α with the foot portion 54 ; and
(b)伸长状态(图1B),能够实现用于幼儿的躺平位置固定到上部座椅50,其中靠背部分52具有比第一定向更接近水平定向的第二定向并且与脚部分54形成比第一角度α更大的第二角度β。(b) an extended state ( FIG. 1B ) enabling a lying-flat position for an infant secured to the upper seat 50 , wherein the backrest portion 52 has a second orientation closer to a horizontal orientation than the first orientation and forms a second angle β with the foot portion 54 that is greater than the first angle α.
具体地,第一角度α可以是约90-130度,而第二角度β可以是约140-170度。Specifically, the first angle α may be about 90-130 degrees, and the second angle β may be about 140-170 degrees.
通常,座椅组件可以被构造成能够实现在上部座椅的上述状态和支杆的上述状态之间的多种结合,同时防止至少一种这样的结合。例如,这种防止的结合可以是在支杆的储存状态和上部座椅的伸长状态之间,通过这种防止的结合,排除了将座椅组件插入其上躺有婴儿的汽车中的可能性。Typically, the seat assembly can be configured to enable a plurality of combinations between the above-mentioned states of the upper seat and the above-mentioned states of the support rods, while preventing at least one such combination. For example, the combination prevented can be between the storage state of the support rods and the extended state of the upper seat, by which the possibility of inserting the seat assembly into a vehicle with an infant lying thereon is precluded.
根据后一个示例,如图1E所示,座椅组件10被构造成能够实现上部座椅50的伸长状态仅与支杆70的操作状态的相结合。这样,座椅组件被构造成仅当支杆70处于其操作状态时才能够实现在竖立状态和伸长状态之间操纵上部座椅50。这种操纵可以发生在竖立操作模式24和伸长操作模式22之间的转换中。座椅组件10还被构造成能够实现支杆70的储存状态仅与上部座椅50的竖立状态相结合。这样,座椅组件被构造成仅当上部座椅50处于其竖立状态时才能够在操作状态和储存状态之间操纵支杆70。这种操纵可以发生在竖立操作模式24和储存模式20之间的转换中。According to the latter example, as shown in FIG. 1E , the seat assembly 10 is configured to enable the extended state of the upper seat 50 to be combined only with the operational state of the support rod 70. In this way, the seat assembly is configured to enable the upper seat 50 to be manipulated between the upright state and the extended state only when the support rod 70 is in its operational state. This manipulation can occur in the transition between the upright operating mode 24 and the extended operating mode 22. The seat assembly 10 is also configured to enable the storage state of the support rod 70 to be combined only with the upright state of the upper seat 50. In this way, the seat assembly is configured to enable the support rod 70 to be manipulated between the operational state and the storage state only when the upper seat 50 is in its upright state. This manipulation can occur in the transition between the upright operating mode 24 and the storage mode 20.
因此,在座椅组件的竖立操作模式24中,支杆70的操作状态可以与上部座椅50的竖立状态相结合,并且座椅组件可以仅从其第三竖立操作模式24进入其第一储存模式20和第二伸长操作模式22。Thus, in the seat assembly's upright operating mode 24 , the operational state of the strut 70 may be combined with the upright state of the upper seat 50 , and the seat assembly may enter its first storage mode 20 and second extended operating mode 22 only from its third upright operating mode 24 .
下面将参照相应的附图详细描述下部支撑件30和上部座椅50的结构以及它们的组装和操作方式的非限制性示例,从而允许支杆和上部座椅的上述状态的结合。The structures of the lower support 30 and the upper seat 50 and non-limiting examples of their assembly and operation methods will be described in detail below with reference to the corresponding drawings, thereby allowing the above-mentioned combination of the support rod and the upper seat.
通常,下部支撑件的基本结构可以包括至少一个铰接部分,上部座椅的至少一部分被构造成铰接到该铰接部分,以便允许其状态在竖立状态和伸长状态之间改变。Typically, the basic structure of the lower support may include at least one hinged portion to which at least a portion of the upper seat is configured to be hinged so as to allow its state to be changed between an erected state and an extended state.
下部支撑件可包括后铰接部分和前铰接部分,上部座椅的靠背部分和脚部分可以分别铰接到后铰接部分和前铰接部分。铰接部分可以被构造成向上部座椅的相关部分提供相同或不同类型的铰接,即,它们都可以被构造成提供枢转或线性铰接,或者它们中的一个可以提供枢转交接,而另一个可以提供上部座椅的相关部分的线性铰接。更具体地,下部支撑件可以包括位于下部支撑件的后部的后铰接部分和位于下部支撑件的前部的前铰接部分,该靠背部分被构造成可枢转地铰接到后铰接部分而上部座椅的脚部分被构造成可滑动地铰接到前铰接部分。The lower support may include a rear articulated portion and a front articulated portion, to which a backrest portion and a foot portion of the upper seat may be articulated, respectively. The articulated portions may be configured to provide the same or different types of articulation to the relevant portion of the upper seat, i.e., they may both be configured to provide pivotal or linear articulation, or one of them may provide a pivotal articulation and the other may provide a linear articulation of the relevant portion of the upper seat. More specifically, the lower support may include a rear articulated portion located at the rear of the lower support and a front articulated portion located at the front of the lower support, the backrest portion being configured to be pivotally articulated to the rear articulated portion and the foot portion of the upper seat being configured to be slidably articulated to the front articulated portion.
下部支撑件可以是非对称碗的形式,该碗包括沿着下部的纵向轴线彼此间隔开的底部、高后壁和低前壁,以及在它们之间平行于该纵向轴线延伸的两个侧壁,如同在垂直于其内表面所获取的每个侧壁的侧视图中最佳看到的那样。如下部支撑件的侧视图所示,后壁和前壁通常可以彼此远离地延伸,使得它们之间沿着纵向轴线的距离在远离下部支撑件的底部的方向上增加。The lower support member may be in the form of an asymmetric bowl including a bottom, a high rear wall and a low front wall spaced from one another along a longitudinal axis of the lower portion, and two side walls extending therebetween parallel to the longitudinal axis, as best seen in a side view of each side wall taken perpendicular to its inner surface. As shown in a side view of the lower support member, the rear wall and the front wall may generally extend away from one another such that the distance therebetween along the longitudinal axis increases in a direction away from the bottom of the lower support member.
后铰接部分可以位于下部支撑件的侧壁的后部区域,例如,比下部支撑件的底部更靠近侧壁的顶部,并且前铰接部分可以位于下部支撑件的前壁。因此,上部座椅的靠背部分可以被构造成绕垂直于下部支撑件的纵向方向D的轴线枢转地铰接到后铰接部分,并且上部座椅的脚部分可以被构造成沿纵向方向可滑动地铰接到前铰接部分。The rear hinged portion may be located at a rear region of the side wall of the lower support, for example, closer to the top of the side wall than the bottom of the lower support, and the front hinged portion may be located at the front wall of the lower support. Thus, the backrest portion of the upper seat may be configured to be pivotally hinged to the rear hinged portion about an axis perpendicular to the longitudinal direction D of the lower support, and the foot portion of the upper seat may be configured to be slidably hinged to the front hinged portion in the longitudinal direction.
在本示例中,在图2A和2B中详细示出的下部支撑件30包括:构成其最下部区域的底部33;高后壁36;低前壁37,前壁和后壁远离底部延伸并且在下部支撑件30的纵向方向D上彼此远离;以及两个侧壁35,其被定向成大致平行于方向D并且具有顶部后区域31。In this example, the lower support member 30, shown in detail in Figures 2A and 2B, includes: a bottom 33 constituting its lowermost area; a high rear wall 36; a low front wall 37, the front and rear walls extending away from the bottom and away from each other in the longitudinal direction D of the lower support member 30; and two side walls 35, which are oriented to be roughly parallel to the direction D and have a top rear area 31.
下部支撑件30还包括:位于侧壁35的顶部后区域31处的后铰接部分38,靠背部分52被构造成绕垂直于下部支撑件的纵向方向D的枢转轴线(未示出)枢转地铰接到所述后铰接部分38;以及位于前壁37处的前铰接部分39,上部座椅50的脚部分54被构造成沿纵向方向可滑动地铰接到所述前铰接部分39。The lower support member 30 also includes: a rear hinged portion 38 located at the top rear area 31 of the side wall 35, and the backrest portion 52 is constructed to be pivotally hinged to the rear hinged portion 38 around a pivot axis (not shown) perpendicular to the longitudinal direction D of the lower support member; and a front hinged portion 39 located at the front wall 37, and the foot portion 54 of the upper seat 50 is constructed to be slidably hinged to the front hinged portion 39 along the longitudinal direction.
更具体地,在本示例中,后铰接部分38呈铰接凹部的形式,该铰接凹部被定位在侧壁35的顶部后区域31中并且构造成在其中自由地接收上部座椅50的靠背部分52的一个或多个可铰接元件,以便允许这些元件与靠背一起绕枢转轴线枢转,并且前铰接部分39呈平行于纵向方向D延伸的细长铰接槽39A和39B的形式并且被构造成在其中可滑动地接收上部座椅50的脚部分54的相应可铰接元件。More specifically, in the present example, the rear hinged portion 38 is in the form of a hinged recess which is positioned in the top rear region 31 of the side wall 35 and is configured to freely receive therein one or more hinged elements of the backrest portion 52 of the upper seat 50 so as to allow these elements to pivot about the pivot axis together with the backrest, and the front hinged portion 39 is in the form of elongated hinged grooves 39A and 39B extending parallel to the longitudinal direction D and is configured to slidably receive therein corresponding hinged elements of the foot portion 54 of the upper seat 50.
如上所述,下部支撑件30包括两个支杆附接区域42(其中一个在图2A和2B中示出),支杆70的近端72在支杆70的操作状态和储存状态之间枢转地铰接到支杆附接区域42,并且支杆操纵机构(在图2A和2B中未示出)被构造成将支杆70锁定在它们的储存状态和操作状态中的任一个中,并且解锁支杆70以便能够在状态之间操纵支杆70。可以使用提供上述锁定装置的支杆操纵机构的不同结构,包括但不限于例如在申请人的US8469389和US9505321中描述的那些中的任一个,并且由此对这些结构的描述通过引用并入本文。As described above, the lower support 30 includes two strut attachment areas 42 (one of which is shown in Figures 2A and 2B), the proximal ends 72 of the struts 70 are pivotally hinged to the strut attachment areas 42 between the operating state and the storage state of the struts 70, and the strut manipulation mechanism (not shown in Figures 2A and 2B) is configured to lock the struts 70 in any of their storage state and operating state, and unlock the struts 70 so that the struts 70 can be manipulated between the states. Different structures of the strut manipulation mechanism providing the above-mentioned locking device can be used, including but not limited to any of those described in, for example, US8469389 and US9505321 of the applicant, and the description of these structures is hereby incorporated by reference into this document.
根据当前公开的主题的座椅组件的上部座椅具有使得其至少一部分能够如上所述地铰接到下部支撑件的一个或多个铰接部分的结构,以允许上部座椅的状态在竖立状态和伸长状态之间改变。更具体地,当下部支撑件包括后铰接部分和前铰接部分时,上部座椅的靠背部分和脚部分可以具有分别被构造成根据需要铰接到下部支撑件的铰接部分的可铰接元件。例如,上部座椅的靠背部分的可铰接元件可以被构造成可枢转地铰接到下部支撑件的后铰接部分,并且上部座椅的脚部分的可铰接元件可以被构造成可滑动地铰接到下部支撑件的前铰接部分。上部座椅的靠背部分和脚部分也可以铰接地相互连接,从而它们中的一个的移动将引起对另一个的操纵。The upper seat of the seat assembly according to the presently disclosed subject matter has a structure that enables at least a portion thereof to be hinged to one or more hinged portions of the lower support as described above, so as to allow the state of the upper seat to change between an upright state and an extended state. More specifically, when the lower support includes a rear hinged portion and a front hinged portion, the backrest portion and the foot portion of the upper seat can have hingeable elements that are respectively configured to be hinged to the hinged portions of the lower support as required. For example, the hingeable element of the backrest portion of the upper seat can be configured to be pivotally hinged to the rear hinged portion of the lower support, and the hingeable element of the foot portion of the upper seat can be configured to be slidably hinged to the front hinged portion of the lower support. The backrest portion and the foot portion of the upper seat can also be hingedly connected to each other so that movement of one of them will cause manipulation of the other.
图3A至3E图示了没有盖的上部座椅,其可以与图2A和2B所示的下部支撑件一起使用。在图3A、3B和3D、3E中,上部座椅的靠背部分示出为处于相应的竖立状态和伸长状态,其中相应的第一角度α和第二角度β在上面参考图1B、1C和1D所提及。Figures 3A to 3E illustrate an upper seat without a cover, which can be used with the lower support shown in Figures 2A and 2B. In Figures 3A, 3B and 3D, 3E, the backrest portion of the upper seat is shown in the respective erected and extended states, wherein the respective first angle α and second angle β are mentioned above with reference to Figures 1B, 1C and 1D.
在图3A至图3E中,上部座椅50的靠背部分52的可铰接元件由后枢转轴38A构成,该后枢转轴38A与靠背部分一体地形成或组装并且具有自由地接收在下部支撑件30的后铰接部分38的凹部中的端部,以便允许该轴与靠背部分一起在其接近竖直定向(即竖立状态)和接近水平定向(即伸长状态)之间枢转。上部座椅50的脚部分54的可铰接元件由滑动杆56构成,该滑动杆56与脚部分54一体地形成或组装并且可滑动地接收在下部支撑件30的铰接槽39A和39B内,以便允许滑动杆56与脚部分54在槽39A和39B内的滑动杆56的与脚部分54的最内侧位置和最外侧位置相对应的极限位置之间移动。靠背部分52的接近竖直定向和脚部分54的最内侧位置,以及靠背部分52的接近水平定向和脚部分54的最外侧位置分别对应于上部座椅50的竖立状态和伸长状态。In Figures 3A to 3E, the articulated element of the backrest portion 52 of the upper seat 50 is constituted by a rear pivot shaft 38A, which is integrally formed or assembled with the backrest portion and has an end freely received in a recess of the rear hinge portion 38 of the lower support 30, so as to allow the shaft to pivot together with the backrest portion between its nearly vertical orientation (i.e., upright state) and nearly horizontal orientation (i.e., extended state). The articulated element of the foot portion 54 of the upper seat 50 is constituted by a sliding rod 56, which is integrally formed or assembled with the foot portion 54 and is slidably received in the hinge grooves 39A and 39B of the lower support 30, so as to allow the sliding rod 56 to move with the foot portion 54 between the extreme positions of the sliding rod 56 in the grooves 39A and 39B corresponding to the innermost position and the outermost position of the foot portion 54. The nearly vertical orientation of the back portion 52 and the innermost position of the foot portion 54 , and the nearly horizontal orientation of the back portion 52 and the outermost position of the foot portion 54 correspond to the upright state and the extended state of the upper seat 50 , respectively.
通常,上部座椅的靠背部分和脚部分可以直接或间接地彼此连接。可替换地,靠背部分和支杆部分可以单独地连接到下部支撑件,而不是彼此连接。在靠背部分和脚部分彼此连接的情况下,它们可以直接地或经由中间靠背部分间接地铰接连接,以便能够实现旋转/操纵其中一个部分而同时操作/旋转另一部分。此外,靠背部分和脚部分可以彼此固定地连接,以便通过操纵一部分来引起对另一个部分的操纵。Typically, the backrest portion and the foot portion of the upper seat may be connected to each other directly or indirectly. Alternatively, the backrest portion and the strut portion may be connected to the lower support separately, rather than being connected to each other. In the case where the backrest portion and the foot portion are connected to each other, they may be hingedly connected directly or indirectly via an intermediate backrest portion, so that rotation/manipulation of one portion can be achieved while operating/rotating the other portion. In addition, the backrest portion and the foot portion may be fixedly connected to each other, so that manipulation of one portion causes manipulation of the other portion.
在本示例中,上部座椅50还包括将靠背部分52和脚部分54彼此固定连接的中间部分57。具体地(如图3C最佳所示),中间部分57被构成为靠背部分52的底部部件,从其下边缘58向前延伸,并且被构造成在其前边缘59处固定地连接到脚部分54。中间部分57是凹形的并且被构造成接收坐在上部座椅50上的幼儿的底部。中间部分57由柔性材料形成,以便能够实现在上部座椅50被操纵到伸长状态时使其弯曲,在伸长状态中,中间部分57比在竖立状态中凹下得少。In this example, the upper seat 50 also includes a middle portion 57 that fixedly connects the back portion 52 and the foot portion 54 to each other. Specifically (as best shown in FIG. 3C ), the middle portion 57 is configured as a bottom component of the back portion 52, extends forward from its lower edge 58, and is configured to be fixedly connected to the foot portion 54 at its front edge 59. The middle portion 57 is concave and is configured to receive the bottom of a child sitting on the upper seat 50. The middle portion 57 is formed of a flexible material so as to enable the upper seat 50 to be bent when it is manipulated into an extended state, in which the middle portion 57 is less concave than in the upright state.
靠背部分52和脚部分54也通过可铰接元件彼此枢转地连接,该可铰接元件由前枢转轴(未示出)构成,该前枢转轴具有自由地接收在形成于下部支撑件30的侧壁35中的横向中间孔38B中的端部。该枢转连接限定了水平轴线X,该水平轴线X将靠背部分52和脚部分54绕其枢转的横向中间孔38B互连。The backrest portion 52 and the foot portion 54 are also pivotally connected to each other by an articulated element constituted by a front pivot axis (not shown) having an end freely received in a transverse intermediate hole 38B formed in the side wall 35 of the lower support 30. This pivot connection defines a horizontal axis X interconnecting the transverse intermediate hole 38B about which the backrest portion 52 and the foot portion 54 pivot.
通常,上部座椅还可以包括座椅操纵机构,该座椅操纵机构可操作以引导上部座椅在竖立状态和伸长状态之间改变其状态,如以上参照图1A至1D所述。该机构可以被构造成在维持脚部分的位置不变的同时仅引起对上部座椅的靠背部分的操纵(以便在上部座椅的竖立状态下提供靠背的不同定向),和/或使得靠背部分和脚部分中的每一个移动或者使得脚部分的移动,该移动继而引起靠背部分的移动(在后两种情况下,改变上部座椅在其竖立状态和伸长状态之间的状态)。座椅操纵机构可以包括被定位在可用于由用户操纵的位置处的座椅操纵致动器。Typically, the upper seat may also include a seat manipulation mechanism that is operable to direct the upper seat to change its state between the erected state and the extended state, as described above with reference to Figures 1A to 1D. The mechanism may be configured to cause manipulation of only the backrest portion of the upper seat while maintaining the position of the foot portion unchanged (so as to provide different orientations of the backrest in the erected state of the upper seat), and/or to cause each of the backrest portion and the foot portion to move or cause movement of the foot portion, which in turn causes movement of the backrest portion (in the latter two cases, changing the state of the upper seat between its erected state and the extended state). The seat manipulation mechanism may include a seat manipulation actuator positioned in a position that can be manipulated by a user.
在图4A-4C所示的本示例中,上部座椅50的座椅操纵机构用60表示并且包括:座椅操纵致动器61,用于致动上部座椅50的操纵以改变其状态;以及座椅锁定机构63,用于防止上部座椅改变其状态。4A-4C, the seat operating mechanism of the upper seat 50 is indicated by 60 and includes: a seat operating actuator 61 for actuating the operation of the upper seat 50 to change its state; and a seat locking mechanism 63 for preventing the upper seat from changing its state.
座椅操纵致动器61由布置在脚部分54的最前部的座椅把手62构成。座椅把手62包括:座椅把手外部部分62A,该座椅把手外部部分62A被构造成使得用户能够抓住座椅把手62;以及座椅把手内部部分62B,该座椅把手内部部分62B可移动地连接到脚部分54,以便通过用户对把手施加相应的推力和拉力而分别允许脚部分54在其最内侧位置和最外侧位置之间移动并且靠背部分52在竖立状态和伸长状态之间的相应移动。The seat manipulation actuator 61 is constituted by a seat handle 62 arranged at the foremost portion of the foot portion 54. The seat handle 62 includes a seat handle outer portion 62A configured to enable a user to grip the seat handle 62, and a seat handle inner portion 62B movably connected to the foot portion 54 so as to allow the foot portion 54 to move between its innermost position and outermost position and corresponding movement of the backrest portion 52 between the erect state and the extended state, respectively, by the user applying corresponding pushing and pulling forces to the handle.
通常,座椅操纵机构还可以包括座椅锁定机构,该座椅锁定机构被构造成选择性地防止上部座椅在竖立状态和伸长状态之间改变其状态。更具体地,座椅锁定机构可以具有锁定状态和解锁状态,在锁定状态中,座椅锁定机构防止上部座椅移动并且因此防止上部座椅改变其状态,在解锁状态中,座椅锁定机构允许上部座椅移动并因此改变其状态。座椅锁定机构可以被构造成选择性地将上部座椅的至少一部分锁定到下部支撑件的至少一部分,更具体地,锁定到下部支撑件的至少两个不同部分。座椅锁定机构可以被构造有:定位在下部支撑件处的第一锁定部分和定位在靠背部分处的匹配位置处的第二锁定部分,该第二锁定部分被构造成与第一锁定部分相互作用以用于选择性地将靠背部分锁定到下部支撑件。下部支撑件可以被构造有:上部座椅将锁定到的两个以上的不同部分,用于使上部座椅能够通过座椅锁定机构在其竖立状态和伸长状态之间逐渐操纵,同时允许上部座椅相对于下部支撑件在包括竖立状态和伸长状态的多个状态中(例如,在竖立状态和伸长状态之间)固定。Typically, the seat operating mechanism may also include a seat locking mechanism configured to selectively prevent the upper seat from changing its state between the upright state and the extended state. More specifically, the seat locking mechanism may have a locked state and an unlocked state, in which the seat locking mechanism prevents the upper seat from moving and thus preventing the upper seat from changing its state, and in which the seat locking mechanism allows the upper seat to move and thus change its state. The seat locking mechanism may be configured to selectively lock at least a portion of the upper seat to at least a portion of the lower support, more specifically, to at least two different portions of the lower support. The seat locking mechanism may be configured with a first locking portion positioned at the lower support and a second locking portion positioned at a matching position at the backrest portion, the second locking portion being configured to interact with the first locking portion for selectively locking the backrest portion to the lower support. The lower support member can be constructed with: more than two different parts to which the upper seat will lock, so as to enable the upper seat to be gradually manipulated between its upright state and extended state by the seat locking mechanism, while allowing the upper seat to be fixed relative to the lower support member in multiple states including the upright state and the extended state (for example, between the upright state and the extended state).
参照图4A、4D和4E,座椅锁定机构63被构造成用于选择性地将上部座椅50锁定到下部支撑件30,以便防止其改变其状态。出于此目的,座椅锁定机构63包括:定位在下部支撑件30处的第一锁定部分63A和定位在靠背部分52处的第二锁定部分63B,该第二锁定部分63B被构造成与第一锁定部分63A相互作用以用于选择性地将靠背部分52锁定到下部支撑件30。4A, 4D and 4E, the seat locking mechanism 63 is configured to selectively lock the upper seat 50 to the lower support 30 so as to prevent it from changing its state. For this purpose, the seat locking mechanism 63 includes: a first locking portion 63A positioned at the lower support 30 and a second locking portion 63B positioned at the backrest portion 52, the second locking portion 63B being configured to interact with the first locking portion 63A for selectively locking the backrest portion 52 to the lower support 30.
更具体地,座椅锁定机构63的第一锁定部分63A包括:细长导向槽41和多个固定孔42A-42C,它们都形成在每个侧壁35的内表面35A上。(侧壁35的外表面通常用35B表示)。孔42A-42C沿着平行于细长导向槽41的方向彼此间隔开。细长导向槽41以弯曲的方式形成,其具有与靠背部分的下边缘58沿其在竖立状态和伸长状态之间的移动而行进的曲率相似的曲率。细长导向槽41被构造成在其中可滑动地接收第二锁定部分63B的相应导向元件,从而允许该槽41沿着槽采取不同位置,并且孔42A-42D被构造成当导向元件采取细长导向槽41中的相应位置时在其中接收第二锁定部分63B的相应锁定元件,以便将上部座椅50锁定到下部支撑件。第一锁定部分63A的孔42A-42D还被构造成给上部座椅50提供在竖立状态和伸长状态之间的至少一个,在本示例中为两个,的附加中间状态,以便提供进一步定向。More specifically, the first locking portion 63A of the seat locking mechanism 63 includes: an elongated guide slot 41 and a plurality of fixing holes 42A-42C, which are formed on the inner surface 35A of each side wall 35. (The outer surface of the side wall 35 is generally indicated by 35B). The holes 42A-42C are spaced apart from each other along a direction parallel to the elongated guide slot 41. The elongated guide slot 41 is formed in a curved manner, which has a curvature similar to the curvature along which the lower edge 58 of the backrest portion travels when it moves between the erect state and the extended state. The elongated guide slot 41 is configured to slidably receive a corresponding guide element of the second locking portion 63B therein, thereby allowing the slot 41 to take different positions along the slot, and the holes 42A-42D are configured to receive a corresponding locking element of the second locking portion 63B therein when the guide element takes a corresponding position in the elongated guide slot 41, so as to lock the upper seat 50 to the lower support. The apertures 42A-42D of the first locking portion 63A are also configured to provide the upper seat 50 with at least one, and in this example two, additional intermediate states between the upright state and the extended state to provide further orientation.
定位在上部座椅50上的座椅锁定机构63的第二锁定部分63B包括:在靠背部分52和下部支撑件的底部33之间的附接到靠背部分52的两个销保持件64(仅一个被看见),该两个销保持件64邻近不同侧壁35的内表面35A而放置并且被构造成在致动器61的致动时并发地操作。每个销保持器64包括导向销66和锁定销68,所述导向销66和锁定销68大致垂直于方向D并且彼此平行地横穿销保持器64。每个导向销66和锁定销68包括:从相应销保持器64的内侧延伸(即,远离最近侧壁35)的致动部分67A;以及从销保持器64的外侧延伸(即,朝向最近侧壁35)并且被构造成与第一锁定部分63A相互作用的可锁定部分67B。The second locking portion 63B of the seat locking mechanism 63 positioned on the upper seat 50 includes two pin holders 64 (only one is seen) attached to the backrest portion 52 between the backrest portion 52 and the bottom 33 of the lower support, the two pin holders 64 being placed adjacent to the inner surface 35A of different side walls 35 and configured to operate concurrently upon actuation of the actuator 61. Each pin holder 64 includes a guide pin 66 and a locking pin 68, which traverse the pin holder 64 generally perpendicular to the direction D and parallel to each other. Each guide pin 66 and locking pin 68 includes an actuating portion 67A extending from the inner side of the corresponding pin holder 64 (i.e., away from the nearest side wall 35); and a lockable portion 67B extending from the outer side of the pin holder 64 (i.e., toward the nearest side wall 35) and configured to interact with the first locking portion 63A.
导向销66的可锁定部分67B被构造成至少部分地定位在细长导向槽41内并且被构造成在其中可滑动地移动,以用于在状态之间导向靠背部分52的操纵。在本示例中,导向销66的可锁定部分67B被维持在细长导向槽41内。锁定销68被定位和构造成插入多个孔42A-42C中的任何一个中和从多个孔42A-42C中的任何一个中移除,以用于固定处于包括竖立状态(即,当锁定销68的可锁定部分67B处于孔42A中时)、伸长状态(即,当锁定销68的可锁定部分67B处于孔42C中时)以及它们之间的至少一个中间状态(即,当锁定销68的可锁定部分67B处于孔42B中时)的上部座椅50的状态中的每个状态的靠背部分52。The lockable portion 67B of the guide pin 66 is configured to be at least partially positioned in the elongated guide slot 41 and is configured to be slidably moved therein for guiding the manipulation of the backrest portion 52 between the states. In the present example, the lockable portion 67B of the guide pin 66 is maintained in the elongated guide slot 41. The locking pin 68 is positioned and configured to be inserted into and removed from any one of the plurality of holes 42A-42C for fixing the backrest portion 52 in each of the states of the upper seat 50 including the erected state (i.e., when the lockable portion 67B of the locking pin 68 is in the hole 42A), the extended state (i.e., when the lockable portion 67B of the locking pin 68 is in the hole 42C), and at least one intermediate state therebetween (i.e., when the lockable portion 67B of the locking pin 68 is in the hole 42B).
在本示例中,销保持器64被构造成由座椅致动器61致动以将座椅锁定机构的状态改变到解锁状态,并且通过这样做,将上部座椅50释放而止动到下部支撑件30。为此,销保持器64被构造成在固定位置和远程位置之间沿着垂直于纵向方向D的路线操纵,在固定位置中,锁定销68的至少可锁定部分67B插入多个孔42A-42C中的一个中,而在远程位置中,锁定销的可锁定部分67B在孔42A-42C的外部。因此,当座椅致动器61的致动时,销保持器64朝向其远程位置被操纵,从而将锁定销68的可锁定部分67B从孔42A-42C中的一个中拉出。In the present example, the pin holder 64 is configured to be actuated by the seat actuator 61 to change the state of the seat locking mechanism to the unlocked state, and by doing so, release the upper seat 50 to be stopped to the lower support 30. To this end, the pin holder 64 is configured to be manipulated along a route perpendicular to the longitudinal direction D between a fixed position in which at least the lockable portion 67B of the locking pin 68 is inserted into one of the plurality of holes 42A-42C and a remote position in which the lockable portion 67B of the locking pin is outside the holes 42A-42C. Therefore, upon actuation of the seat actuator 61, the pin holder 64 is manipulated toward its remote position, thereby pulling the lockable portion 67B of the locking pin 68 out of one of the holes 42A-42C.
关于根据当前公开的主题的座椅组件的支杆,参照如在US 9505321(该描述通过参考方式并入本文中,如上所述)中所描述的支杆和支杆锁定装置,支杆可以被构造成由支杆操纵机构和支杆锁定机构操纵,该支杆操纵机构包括位于用户可用的位置处的至少一个支杆操纵致动器。支杆能够在它们的储存状态和操作状态之间操纵。With respect to the struts of the seat assembly according to the presently disclosed subject matter, with reference to the struts and strut locking devices as described in US 9505321 (which description is incorporated herein by reference, as mentioned above), the struts can be configured to be manipulated by a strut manipulation mechanism and a strut locking mechanism, the strut manipulation mechanism including at least one strut manipulation actuator located at a user-accessible position. The struts can be manipulated between their storage state and an operational state.
参照图5A至5C,本示例的座椅组件10的支杆操纵机构90包括:用于致动支杆70的操纵的支杆操纵致动器91;和支杆锁定机构(未示出),该支杆锁定机构用于致动支杆锁定装置止动支杆在储存状态和操作状态中的任一个状态。在本示例中,支杆操纵致动器91由定位在靠背部分52的顶部后侧处的支杆把手92构成,以便能够容易地接近用户。支杆把手92包括:构造成使用户能够抓住支杆把手92的支杆把手外部部分92A;以及固定地连接到靠背部分52的支杆把手内部部分92B。支杆把手92可操作地连接到支杆锁定机构,以便通过用户向把手92施加相应力来解锁锁定装置并且允许支杆70在其储存状态和操作状态之间的移动。5A to 5C, the strut operating mechanism 90 of the seat assembly 10 of this example includes: a strut operating actuator 91 for actuating the operation of the strut 70; and a strut locking mechanism (not shown), which is used to actuate the strut locking device to stop the strut in any state of the storage state and the operating state. In this example, the strut operating actuator 91 is composed of a strut handle 92 positioned at the top rear side of the backrest portion 52 so that it can be easily approached by the user. The strut handle 92 includes: a strut handle outer portion 92A configured to enable the user to grasp the strut handle 92; and a strut handle inner portion 92B fixedly connected to the backrest portion 52. The strut handle 92 is operably connected to the strut locking mechanism so that the locking device is unlocked by the user applying a corresponding force to the handle 92 and the movement of the strut 70 between its storage state and the operating state is allowed.
尽管在如上所述的本示例中,座椅把手62被定位在脚部分54的最前侧,并且支杆把手92被定位在靠背部分52的顶部后侧,但是它们的位置可以是不同的,只要它们彼此间隔开,以降低它们被混合在一起的风险。Although in the present example as described above, the seat handle 62 is positioned at the frontmost side of the foot portion 54 and the support handle 92 is positioned at the top rear side of the backrest portion 52, their positions may be different as long as they are spaced apart from each other to reduce the risk of them being mixed together.
如上所述,座椅组件可以被构造成至少防止支杆的储存状态与上部座椅的伸长状态之间的结合,通过该结合,排除了将座椅组件插入其上躺有婴儿的汽车中的可能性。更具体地,如果这种操纵将导致支杆处于其储存状态而上部座椅处于其伸长状态的状态,则座椅组件可以被构造成防止对上部座椅或支杆中的任一个的操纵。在一些情况下,座椅组件可以被构造成使得支杆或上部座椅中的任一个的特定状态可以导致对另一个的操纵的防止。在一些情况下,座椅组件可以包括至少一个操纵防止装置,该操纵防止装置被构造成识别上部座椅和支杆中的至少一个的特定状态,并且在维持特定状态的同时防止另一个操纵。这种操纵防止装置可以包括机械机构或电气机构。更具体地,座椅组件可以包括用于上部座椅和支杆中的每一个的操纵放置装置,每一个被构造成识别其相应部件的特定状态。As described above, the seat assembly can be configured to at least prevent the combination between the storage state of the support rod and the extended state of the upper seat, by which the possibility of inserting the seat assembly into a car with a baby lying on it is eliminated. More specifically, the seat assembly can be configured to prevent manipulation of either the upper seat or the support rod if such manipulation would result in the support rod being in its storage state and the upper seat being in its extended state. In some cases, the seat assembly can be configured so that a specific state of either the support rod or the upper seat can result in the prevention of manipulation of the other. In some cases, the seat assembly can include at least one manipulation prevention device, which is configured to identify a specific state of at least one of the upper seat and the support rod, and prevent the manipulation of the other while maintaining the specific state. Such a manipulation prevention device can include a mechanical mechanism or an electrical mechanism. More specifically, the seat assembly can include a manipulation placement device for each of the upper seat and the support rod, each of which is configured to identify a specific state of its corresponding component.
只要上部座椅或支杆中的一个不处于特定状态,操纵防止装置可以构造成防止操纵上部座椅或支杆中的另一个。例如,如果支杆处于储存状态,则操纵防止装置可以构造成防止座椅从竖立状态操纵到伸长状态。在另一个示例中,如果座位处于伸长状态,则操纵防止装置可以被构造成防止支杆从操作状态操纵到储存状态。The manipulation prevention device can be configured to prevent manipulation of the other of the upper seat or the support rod as long as the other of the upper seat or the support rod is not in a specific state. For example, if the support rod is in the storage state, the manipulation prevention device can be configured to prevent the seat from being manipulated from the upright state to the extended state. In another example, if the seat is in the extended state, the manipulation prevention device can be configured to prevent the support rod from being manipulated from the operational state to the storage state.
该操纵防止装置可以被构造成通过分别止动上部座椅或支杆,或者通过分别止动座椅操纵机构或支杆操纵机构来防止对上部座椅或支杆的操纵。The manipulation prevention device can be configured to prevent manipulation of the upper seat or the support rod by respectively blocking the upper seat or the support rod, or by respectively blocking the seat manipulation mechanism or the support rod manipulation mechanism.
操纵防止装置可以具有:识别部件,例如触发部分,其被构造成识别座椅组件的上部座椅或支杆的状态;以及止动部分,其被构造成由触发部分致动或触发,以选择性地止动相应的座椅操纵机构或支杆操纵机构。操纵防止装置的触发部分和/或止动部分可以被定位在座椅组件的不同部分上或由座椅组件的不同部分构成。在一些情况下,操纵防止装置可以被构造成以与相应的锁定机构类似的方式止动上部座椅或支杆的操纵机构,或者操纵防止装置可以与上部座椅或支杆的操纵机构构成或集成在一起。The manipulation prevention device may have: an identification component, such as a trigger portion, which is configured to identify the state of the upper seat or support rod of the seat assembly; and a stop portion, which is configured to be actuated or triggered by the trigger portion to selectively stop the corresponding seat operating mechanism or support rod operating mechanism. The trigger portion and/or the stop portion of the manipulation prevention device may be positioned on or constituted by different parts of the seat assembly. In some cases, the manipulation prevention device may be configured to stop the upper seat or support rod operating mechanism in a manner similar to a corresponding locking mechanism, or the manipulation prevention device may be constituted or integrated with the upper seat or support rod operating mechanism.
例如,根据当前公开的主题的座椅组件可以包括座椅操纵防止装置,该座椅操纵防止装置被构造成至少在支杆处于储存状态时防止上部座椅从竖立状态操纵到伸长状态。在一个示例中,座椅操纵防止装置被构造成防止上部座椅操纵到伸长状态,除非座椅操纵防止装置由处于其操作状态的支杆触发。For example, a seat assembly according to the presently disclosed subject matter can include a seat manipulation prevention device that is configured to prevent the upper seat from being manipulated from the upright position to the extended position at least when the strut is in the storage position. In one example, the seat manipulation prevention device is configured to prevent the upper seat from being manipulated to the extended position unless the seat manipulation prevention device is triggered by the strut in its operative position.
座椅操纵防止装置可以被构造成在锁定状态和解锁状态之间改变状态,在锁定状态中,座椅操纵防止装置防止上部座椅朝向伸长状态的操纵,在解锁状态中,座椅操纵防止装置能够实现在竖立状态和伸长状态之间操纵上部座椅。The seat manipulation prevention device can be configured to change state between a locked state and an unlocked state, wherein in the locked state, the seat manipulation prevention device prevents manipulation of the upper seat toward the extended state, and in the unlocked state, the seat manipulation prevention device enables manipulation of the upper seat between the upright state and the extended state.
在本示例中,座椅操纵防止装置在图4B中用100表示。当支杆70处于其储存状态时,座椅操纵防止装置100被构造成防止上部座椅50从竖立状态操纵到伸长状态。座椅操纵防止装置100被构造成由当支杆70处于其操作状态时的支杆70触发,该触发将座椅操纵防止装置100的状态从锁定状态改变到解锁状态,使得上部座椅50可以在其竖立状态和伸长状态之间操纵。In this example, the seat manipulation prevention device is indicated by 100 in FIG. 4B . When the support rod 70 is in its storage state, the seat manipulation prevention device 100 is configured to prevent the upper seat 50 from being manipulated from the upright state to the extended state. The seat manipulation prevention device 100 is configured to be triggered by the support rod 70 when the support rod 70 is in its operating state, which triggers the state of the seat manipulation prevention device 100 from the locked state to the unlocked state, so that the upper seat 50 can be manipulated between its upright state and the extended state.
在一些情况下,座椅操纵防止装置被构造成在处于锁定状态时通过止动座椅操纵机构来防止上部座椅从竖立状态朝向伸长状态的操纵。更具体地,座椅操纵防止装置可以被构造成当支杆处于其储存状态时止动座椅操纵机构。座椅操纵防止装置还可以被构造成当支杆处于其操作状态时释放座椅操纵机构的所述止动。这样,座椅操纵防止装置100被构造成仅当上部座椅50处于其竖立状态时才止动座椅操纵机构。In some cases, the seat manipulation prevention device is configured to prevent manipulation of the upper seat from the upright position toward the extended position by immobilizing the seat manipulation mechanism when in the locked state. More specifically, the seat manipulation prevention device can be configured to immobilize the seat manipulation mechanism when the support rod is in its storage state. The seat manipulation prevention device can also be configured to release the immobilization of the seat manipulation mechanism when the support rod is in its operating state. In this way, the seat manipulation prevention device 100 is configured to immobilize the seat manipulation mechanism only when the upper seat 50 is in its upright position.
在一些情况下,座椅操纵防止装置包括座椅触发构件和座椅止动构件。座椅触发构件可以被构造成在支杆处于其操作状态时在座椅触发构件被支杆触发时操作座椅止动构件。座椅止动构件由座椅触发件可操作,从而在其操作时将所述座椅止动构件从止动状态操纵到释放状态,在该止动状态,座椅止动构件止动座椅操纵机构以防止上部座椅从竖立状态操纵到伸长状态,而在释放状态,座椅操纵机构从所述止动释放,从而能够实现在竖立状态和伸长状态之间操纵上部座椅。在一个特定示例中,其中所述支杆被构造成仅当所述支杆处于其操作状态时才触发所述座椅触发构件。In some cases, the seat manipulation prevention device includes a seat trigger member and a seat stop member. The seat trigger member can be configured to operate the seat stop member when the seat trigger member is triggered by the support rod when the support rod is in its operating state. The seat stop member is operable by the seat trigger so that when it is operated, the seat stop member is manipulated from a stopped state to a released state, in which the seat stop member stops the seat manipulation mechanism to prevent the upper seat from being manipulated from the upright state to the extended state, and in the released state, the seat manipulation mechanism is released from the stop, thereby enabling manipulation of the upper seat between the upright state and the extended state. In a specific example, the support rod is configured to trigger the seat trigger member only when the support rod is in its operating state.
图4B和4C描绘了座椅操纵防止装置100的示例性实施例,该座椅操纵防止装置100包括:座椅触发构件102和座椅止动构件110。座椅触发构件102被构造成仅在支杆70处于其操作状态时才被支杆70触发,并且因此操作座椅止动构件110。座椅触发构件102还构造成在支杆70处于其操作状态时维持座椅止动构件110的操作。座椅止动构件110被构造成具有止动状态和释放状态,在止动状态中,座椅止动构件110止动座椅操纵机构60以防止上部座椅50从竖立状态操纵到伸长状态,在释放状态中,座椅操纵机构60通过座椅止动构件110从所述止动释放,从而能够实现在竖立状态和伸长状态之间操纵上部座椅50。4B and 4C depict an exemplary embodiment of a seat manipulation prevention device 100, which includes: a seat triggering member 102 and a seat stop member 110. The seat triggering member 102 is configured to be triggered by the support rod 70 only when the support rod 70 is in its operating state, and thus operates the seat stop member 110. The seat triggering member 102 is also configured to maintain the operation of the seat stop member 110 when the support rod 70 is in its operating state. The seat stop member 110 is configured to have a stopped state and a released state, in which the seat stop member 110 stops the seat operating mechanism 60 to prevent the upper seat 50 from being manipulated from the upright state to the extended state, and in which the seat operating mechanism 60 is released from the stop by the seat stop member 110, thereby enabling manipulation of the upper seat 50 between the upright state and the extended state.
通常,座椅触发构件可以邻近座椅组件的支杆附接区域中的至少一个而被布置在座椅组件的下部支撑件上。在这种情况下,支杆中的至少一个支杆可以包括围绕其近端定位的前部突起,其中,前部突起被构造成当支杆处于其操作状态时触发座椅触发构件。换言之,当支杆被移动到其操作状态或处于其操作状态时,其前部突起触发座椅触发构件,从而使座椅触发构件操作座椅止动构件,该操作将座椅止动构件从其止动状态操纵到其释放状态,使得座椅止动构件释放座椅操纵机构的止动,从而能够实现在竖立状态和伸长状态之间操纵上部座椅。相应地,当支杆不处于操作状态(即,支杆被移动到或移向储存状态)时,其前部突起不再触发座椅触发构件,在这种情况下,座椅制动构件呈现其止动状态,以便止动座椅操纵机构并且因此防止上部座椅从竖立状态操纵到伸长状态。Typically, the seat triggering member may be arranged on the lower support of the seat assembly adjacent to at least one of the strut attachment areas of the seat assembly. In this case, at least one of the struts may include a front protrusion positioned around its proximal end, wherein the front protrusion is configured to trigger the seat triggering member when the strut is in its operative state. In other words, when the strut is moved to its operative state or in its operative state, its front protrusion triggers the seat triggering member, thereby causing the seat triggering member to operate the seat stop member, which operates the seat stop member from its stop state to its release state, so that the seat stop member releases the stop of the seat operating mechanism, thereby enabling the upper seat to be operated between the erected state and the extended state. Correspondingly, when the strut is not in the operative state (i.e., the strut is moved to or towards the storage state), its front protrusion no longer triggers the seat triggering member, in which case the seat stop member assumes its stop state in order to stop the seat operating mechanism and thus prevent the upper seat from being operated from the erected state to the extended state.
在本示例中,参照图4B、4C、4F和4G,座位触发构件102包括触发主体103,该触发主体103在支杆附接区域42中的至少一个前面并且邻近支杆附接区域42中的至少一个而被布置在下部支撑件30上。在一些情况下,座椅触发构件102被布置在侧壁35中的一个内或从侧壁35横向突出。可移动构件104延伸通过触发主体103的长度,具有足够长度以到达和接触支杆70中的一个的至少一部分,并且更具体地接触当支杆70处于其操作状态时的支杆70的近端72的前侧。至少支杆70的触发座椅触发构件102的近端72包括:从其向前延伸的前部突起105,该前部突起105被构造成当支杆处于其操作状态时压靠在可移动构件104上。座椅触发构件102可操作地机械地或电气地连接到座椅止动构件110。在附图中,可移动构件104经由电缆101可操作地连接到座椅止动构件110,以便当支杆70处于其操作状态时当被前部突起105按压时操作座椅止动构件110。这样,在座椅操纵防止装置100的解锁状态下(图4F),座椅触发构件102的可移动构件104通过当支杆70处于操作状态时的支杆70中的一个的前部突起105压靠在触发主体103上。对座椅触发构件102的这种按压操作座椅止动构件110,使得该座椅止动构件110从止动状态操作到释放状态,从而释放座椅操纵机构60使得上部座椅50可以在竖立状态和伸长状态之间被操纵。相应地,在座椅操纵防止装置100的锁定状态下(图4G),座椅触发构件102的可移动构件104通过当支杆70不处于操作状态时的支杆70中的一个的前部突起按压。这样,座位触发构件102不会被支杆70触发,并且因此座位触发构件102不会操作座位止动构件110。因此,座椅止动构件110呈现其止动状态,在该状态下,该座椅止动构件110止动座椅操纵机构60,从而防止上部座椅50从竖立状态操纵到伸长状态。因此,座椅组件10的支杆70通常被构造成在锁定状态和解锁状态之间改变座椅操纵防止装置100的状态。这样,座椅操纵防止装置通常由支杆构成。特别地,座椅操纵防止装置的锁定状态通常由处于其储存状态的支杆构成,并且座椅操纵防止装置的解锁状态通常由处于其操作状态的支杆构成。In this example, referring to FIGS. 4B, 4C, 4F and 4G, the seat trigger member 102 includes a trigger body 103 disposed on the lower support 30 in front of and adjacent to at least one of the strut attachment areas 42. In some cases, the seat trigger member 102 is disposed within or laterally protrudes from one of the side walls 35. The movable member 104 extends through the length of the trigger body 103, having a sufficient length to reach and contact at least a portion of one of the struts 70, and more specifically contact the front side of the proximal end 72 of the strut 70 when the strut 70 is in its operative state. At least the proximal end 72 of the strut 70 that triggers the seat trigger member 102 includes: a front protrusion 105 extending forwardly therefrom, the front protrusion 105 being configured to press against the movable member 104 when the strut is in its operative state. The seat trigger member 102 is operably connected mechanically or electrically to the seat stop member 110. In the drawings, the movable member 104 is operably connected to the seat stop member 110 via the cable 101 so as to operate the seat stop member 110 when pressed by the front protrusion 105 when the strut 70 is in its operating state. Thus, in the unlocked state of the seat manipulation prevention device 100 (FIG. 4F), the movable member 104 of the seat trigger member 102 is pressed against the trigger body 103 by the front protrusion 105 of one of the struts 70 when the strut 70 is in the operating state. This pressing of the seat trigger member 102 operates the seat stop member 110 so that it is operated from the stop state to the released state, thereby releasing the seat manipulation mechanism 60 so that the upper seat 50 can be manipulated between the erected state and the extended state. Accordingly, in the locked state of the seat manipulation prevention device 100 (FIG. 4G), the movable member 104 of the seat trigger member 102 is pressed by the front protrusion of one of the struts 70 when the strut 70 is not in the operating state. In this way, the seat triggering member 102 is not triggered by the strut 70, and thus the seat triggering member 102 does not operate the seat stop member 110. Therefore, the seat stop member 110 assumes its stop state, in which it stops the seat operating mechanism 60, thereby preventing the upper seat 50 from being operated from the upright state to the extended state. Therefore, the strut 70 of the seat assembly 10 is generally configured to change the state of the seat manipulation prevention device 100 between a locked state and an unlocked state. In this way, the seat manipulation prevention device is generally constituted by a strut. In particular, the locked state of the seat manipulation prevention device is generally constituted by the strut in its storage state, and the unlocked state of the seat manipulation prevention device is generally constituted by the strut in its operating state.
座椅止动构件110被构造成在座椅止动构件110由处于其操作状态的支杆70触发时由座椅触发构件102操作。座椅止动构件110能够在与座椅操纵防止装置100的锁定状态相关联的止动状态和与座椅操纵防止装置100的解锁状态相关联的释放状态之间操纵。在止动状态,座椅止动构件110止动座椅操纵机构60的操纵,并且在释放状态,座椅止动构件110释放座椅操纵机构60的止动,以便允许其操纵。The seat stop member 110 is configured to be operated by the seat triggering member 102 when the seat stop member 110 is triggered by the strut 70 in its operating state. The seat stop member 110 is manipulable between a stopped state associated with the locked state of the seat manipulation preventing device 100 and a released state associated with the unlocked state of the seat manipulation preventing device 100. In the stopped state, the seat stop member 110 stops the manipulation of the seat manipulation mechanism 60, and in the released state, the seat stop member 110 releases the stop of the seat manipulation mechanism 60 so as to allow the manipulation thereof.
在本示例中,座椅止动构件110包括通过枢转销114枢转地连接到下部支撑件30和/或脚部分54的棘爪并且邻近座椅把手内部部分62B而被定位。座椅止动构件110包括在其一端的接合部分(engaging portion)111和在其另一端的杠杆部分(lever portion)112。杠杆部分112直接或间接地连接到座椅触发构件102的可移动构件104,使得可移动构件104的移动致动座椅止动构件110以绕枢转销114枢转。在所描绘的示例中,杠杆部分112经由电缆101可操作地连接到可移动构件104。座椅止动构件110还可以具有压缩弹簧(未示出),该压缩弹簧被构造成将座椅止动构件110偏向其止动状态。In the present example, the seat stop member 110 includes a pawl pivotally connected to the lower support 30 and/or the foot portion 54 by a pivot pin 114 and is positioned adjacent to the seat handle inner portion 62B. The seat stop member 110 includes an engaging portion 111 at one end thereof and a lever portion 112 at the other end thereof. The lever portion 112 is directly or indirectly connected to the movable member 104 of the seat trigger member 102 so that movement of the movable member 104 actuates the seat stop member 110 to pivot about the pivot pin 114. In the depicted example, the lever portion 112 is operably connected to the movable member 104 via the cable 101. The seat stop member 110 may also have a compression spring (not shown) configured to bias the seat stop member 110 toward its stop state.
在座椅止动构件110的止动状态下,接合部分111被构造成与座椅把手62的至少一部分机械连通,以便防止座椅把手62用于操纵座椅操纵机构60。在本示例中,座椅把手内部部分62B还包括座椅把手凹部115和接合部分111,该接合部分111具有绕其后端横向向前突出的止动齿116。止动齿116被形成为接收在座椅把手62的座椅把手凹部115中,使得当止动齿116接收在其中时,座椅止动构件110止动座椅把手62,并且因此止动座椅操纵机构60不会被用户操作以将上部座椅50从其竖立状态操作到其伸长状态。In the stopped state of the seat stop member 110, the engagement portion 111 is configured to be in mechanical communication with at least a portion of the seat handle 62 so as to prevent the seat handle 62 from being used to operate the seat operating mechanism 60. In the present example, the seat handle inner portion 62B further includes a seat handle recess 115 and an engagement portion 111 having a stop tooth 116 protruding laterally forward about a rear end thereof. The stop tooth 116 is formed to be received in the seat handle recess 115 of the seat handle 62, so that when the stop tooth 116 is received therein, the seat stop member 110 stops the seat handle 62, and thus stops the seat operating mechanism 60 from being operated by a user to operate the upper seat 50 from its erected state to its extended state.
在操作中,当座椅触发构件102被处于其操作状态的支杆70触发时,可移动构件104被前部突起105移动,这又使得座椅止动构件110在远离座椅把手凹部115的第一方向枢转,使得止动构件110呈现其释放状态。当座椅触发构件102停止被支杆70触发时(即,当支杆70被操纵离开操作状态或在操作状态之外并且朝向储存状态操纵时),可移动构件104朝向相应的支杆附接区域42向后移动,使得座椅止动构件110沿与第一方向相反的第二方向枢转,并且导致止动齿116插入座椅把手凹部115中,从而使座椅止动构件110处于其锁定状态。In operation, when the seat triggering member 102 is triggered by the strut 70 in its operative state, the movable member 104 is moved by the front protrusion 105, which in turn causes the seat stop member 110 to pivot in a first direction away from the seat handle recess 115, causing the stop member 110 to assume its released state. When the seat triggering member 102 ceases to be triggered by the strut 70 (i.e., when the strut 70 is manipulated away from the operative state or outside the operative state and manipulated toward the storage state), the movable member 104 moves rearwardly toward the corresponding strut attachment area 42, causing the seat stop member 110 to pivot in a second direction opposite to the first direction, and causing the stop tooth 116 to be inserted into the seat handle recess 115, thereby causing the seat stop member 110 to be in its locked state.
在其它情况下(未示出),座椅操纵防止装置被构造成在其锁定状态下通过止动上部座椅来防止上部座椅朝向伸长状态的操纵。在这种情况下,在止动状态下,座椅操纵防止装置的座椅止动构件可以被构造成邻接上部座椅以防止其操纵。例如,座椅止动构件可以由直接或间接连接到座椅触发构件102的螺栓(bolt)构成。在止动状态下,这种座椅止动构件可以被构造成定位在位于上部座椅50的脚部分54上的相应孔内,以便止动上部座椅50的操纵,并且在释放状态下,座椅止动构件可以被构造成当座椅触发构件102被支杆70触发时从孔中移除。In other cases (not shown), the seat manipulation prevention device is configured to prevent manipulation of the upper seat toward the extended state by stopping the upper seat in its locked state. In this case, in the stopped state, the seat stop member of the seat manipulation prevention device can be configured to abut the upper seat to prevent its manipulation. For example, the seat stop member can be composed of a bolt directly or indirectly connected to the seat trigger member 102. In the stopped state, such a seat stop member can be configured to be positioned in a corresponding hole located on the foot portion 54 of the upper seat 50 so as to stop manipulation of the upper seat 50, and in the released state, the seat stop member can be configured to be removed from the hole when the seat trigger member 102 is triggered by the support rod 70.
在其它情况下,座椅操纵防止装置可以由支杆和/或与其相关的结构构成。在一个示例中,座椅操纵防止装置可以由支杆的远端构成。In other cases, the seat manipulation prevention device can be constituted by the support rod and/or the structure associated therewith. In one example, the seat manipulation prevention device can be constituted by the far end of the support rod.
通常,当座椅组件的上部座椅从竖立状态操纵到伸长状态时,上部座椅的相应靠背部分从第一位置移动到第二位置,在第一位置中,靠背部分被定位成与基准面成第一后角,而在第二位置中,靠背部分被定位成小于第一后角的第二后角。从分别与上部座椅的竖立状态和伸长状态相关联的第一后角到第二后角的靠背的这种操纵可以被理解为形成靠背部分的向后操纵。座椅操纵防止装置可以被构造成选择性地阻挡靠背部分的向后操纵。例如,在支杆的远端构成座椅操纵防止装置的情况下,支杆的远端可以被构造成在其储存状态中与靠背部分的后表面接触而牢固地定位,以便阻止靠背部分的向后操作,从而防止上部座椅从竖立状态操纵到伸长状态。Typically, when the upper seat of the seat assembly is manipulated from an upright state to an extended state, the corresponding backrest portion of the upper seat moves from a first position to a second position, in which the backrest portion is positioned at a first rear angle with respect to a reference plane, and in the second position, the backrest portion is positioned at a second rear angle that is smaller than the first rear angle. Such manipulation of the backrest from a first rear angle to a second rear angle associated with the upright state and the extended state of the upper seat, respectively, can be understood as forming a rearward manipulation of the backrest portion. The seat manipulation prevention device can be configured to selectively block the rearward manipulation of the backrest portion. For example, in the case where the distal end of the support rod constitutes the seat manipulation prevention device, the distal end of the support rod can be configured to be securely positioned in contact with the rear surface of the backrest portion in its storage state so as to block the rearward operation of the backrest portion, thereby preventing the upper seat from being manipulated from the upright state to the extended state.
在一个示例中,参照图6,座椅操纵防止装置可以包括:将后支杆支撑件76的远端71相互连接的后杆84。当支杆70处于其储存状态时,后杆84被构造成当处于其竖立状态时牢固地抵靠靠背部分52的后表面定位。这样,后杆84物理地阻止靠背部分52被向后操纵,从而防止上部座椅50从竖立状态操纵到伸长状态。可以设想,前支杆支撑件74的远端71相互连接的前杆82(见图5A)也可以被构造成阻止靠背部分52向后操纵,从而防止上部座椅50从竖立状态操纵到伸长状态。如图5A所示,除了前杆82使前支杆支撑件的远端相互连接之外,前杆80还使其在支杆支撑件的远端和近端之间的位置处的前支杆支撑件74相互连接。In one example, with reference to Fig. 6, the seat manipulation prevention device may include: a rear rod 84 interconnecting the distal ends 71 of the rear strut support 76. When the strut 70 is in its storage state, the rear rod 84 is configured to be firmly positioned against the rear surface of the backrest portion 52 when in its erected state. Like this, the rear rod 84 physically prevents the backrest portion 52 from being manipulated backwards, thereby preventing the upper seat 50 from being manipulated to the extended state from the erected state. It is conceivable that the front rod 82 (see Fig. 5A) with the distal ends 71 of the front strut support 74 interconnected can also be configured to prevent the backrest portion 52 from being manipulated backwards, thereby preventing the upper seat 50 from being manipulated to the extended state from the erected state. As shown in Fig. 5A, in addition to the front rod 82 interconnecting the distal ends of the front strut support, the front rod 80 also interconnects the front strut support 74 at the position between the distal end and the proximal end of the strut support.
本座椅组件的操纵防止装置可以可替换地或附加地包括支杆操纵防止装置,该支杆操纵防止装置被构造成防止对支杆操纵机构的操纵。在本示例中,座椅组件10包括:支杆操纵防止装置120,该支杆操纵防止装置120被构造成至少在上部座椅50处于伸长状态时防止支杆70从操作状态操作到储存状态。与座位操作防止机构类似,支杆操纵防止装置120还被构造成在锁定状态和解锁状态之间改变其状态,在锁定状态中,支杆操纵防止装置120防止支杆70朝向储存状态的操作,而在解锁状态中,支杆操纵防止装置120能够实现在操作状态和储存状态之间操纵支杆70。The manipulation prevention device of the present seat assembly may alternatively or additionally include a strut manipulation prevention device, which is configured to prevent manipulation of the strut manipulation mechanism. In this example, the seat assembly 10 includes: a strut manipulation prevention device 120, which is configured to prevent the strut 70 from being manipulated from the operating state to the storage state at least when the upper seat 50 is in the extended state. Similar to the seat manipulation prevention mechanism, the strut manipulation prevention device 120 is also configured to change its state between a locked state and an unlocked state, in which the strut manipulation prevention device 120 prevents the strut 70 from being manipulated toward the storage state, and in the unlocked state, the strut manipulation prevention device 120 enables manipulation of the strut 70 between the operating state and the storage state.
在一些情况下,支杆操纵防止装置120被构造成在处于锁定状态时通过止动支杆操纵机构90来防止支杆70朝向储存状态的操纵。特别地,支杆操纵防止装置120被构造成当上部座椅50处于其伸长状态时止动支杆70朝向储存状态的操纵杆。这样,支杆操纵防止装置120被构造成当支杆70处于其操作状态时止动支杆操纵机构90。In some cases, the strut manipulation prevention device 120 is configured to prevent manipulation of the strut 70 toward the storage state by stopping the strut manipulation mechanism 90 when in the locked state. In particular, the strut manipulation prevention device 120 is configured to stop manipulation of the strut 70 toward the storage state when the upper seat 50 is in its extended state. Thus, the strut manipulation prevention device 120 is configured to stop the strut manipulation mechanism 90 when the strut 70 is in its operative state.
通常,支杆操纵防止装置可以包括:支杆触发构件和支杆止动构件。支杆触发构件可以被构造成在支杆触发构件被当处于其竖立状态时的上部座椅触发时操作支杆止动构件。由支杆触发构件所触发的支杆止动构件的所述操作将支杆止动构件从止动状态操纵到释放状态,在释放状态中,支杆止动构件由此将支杆操纵防止机构从止动释放。在一些情况下,上部座椅被构造成仅当上部座椅处于竖立状态时才触发支杆触发构件。支杆触发构件还可以被构造成在上部座椅处于其竖立状态时维持支杆止动构件的操作。Typically, the strut manipulation prevention device may include: a strut triggering member and a strut stopping member. The strut triggering member may be configured to operate the strut stopping member when the strut triggering member is triggered by the upper seat when it is in its upright state. The operation of the strut stopping member triggered by the strut triggering member manipulates the strut stopping member from the stopped state to the released state, in which the strut stopping member thereby releases the strut manipulation prevention mechanism from being stopped. In some cases, the upper seat is configured to trigger the strut triggering member only when the upper seat is in the upright state. The strut triggering member may also be configured to maintain the operation of the strut stopping member when the upper seat is in its upright state.
在本示例中,最好如图4D和4E所示,支杆触发构件连接到上部座椅50并且被构成为座椅操纵机构60的一部分,其中在将上部座椅50操纵到竖立状态时,支杆触发构件被构造成将上部座椅50维持在竖立状态。更具体地,支杆触发构件可以由座椅锁定机构63构成,甚至更具体地,由上部座椅50的导向销66和下部支撑件30的细长导向槽41构成。出于该目的,细长导向槽41在其内部部分还包括:延伸穿过细长导向槽41的长度的槽内部框架123。槽内部框架123被构造成形成从细长导向槽41的最前边缘直到其最后边缘一定距离的深度差,使得导向销66可以仅部分地插入细长导向槽41中,同时抵靠槽内部框架123定位。在最后边缘处,槽内部框架123限定了具有比槽内部框架123更大的深度的槽凹部124。槽凹部124被构造成在其中接收导向销66的可锁定部分67B的比细长导向槽41的其余部分更大的部分。In this example, as best shown in FIGS. 4D and 4E , the strut triggering member is connected to the upper seat 50 and is configured as part of the seat manipulation mechanism 60, wherein when the upper seat 50 is manipulated to the upright state, the strut triggering member is configured to maintain the upper seat 50 in the upright state. More specifically, the strut triggering member can be constituted by the seat locking mechanism 63, and even more specifically, by the guide pin 66 of the upper seat 50 and the elongated guide slot 41 of the lower support 30. For this purpose, the elongated guide slot 41 also includes in its inner portion: a slot inner frame 123 extending through the length of the elongated guide slot 41. The slot inner frame 123 is configured to form a depth difference from the frontmost edge of the elongated guide slot 41 to a certain distance from its rearmost edge, so that the guide pin 66 can be only partially inserted into the elongated guide slot 41 while being positioned against the slot inner frame 123. At the rearmost edge, the slot inner frame 123 defines a slot recess 124 having a greater depth than the slot inner frame 123. The slot recess 124 is configured to receive a larger portion of the lockable portion 67B of the guide pin 66 therein than the remainder of the elongated guide slot 41 .
因此,支杆触发构件被构造成基于导向销66插入细长导向槽41的深度来“识别”上部座椅50的状态。特别地,当上部座椅50处于与支杆操纵防止装置120的解锁状态相关联的竖立状态时,支杆触发构件被插入到槽凹部124内(图4D),该插入触发支杆触发构件操作支杆止动构件以将其操纵到其释放状态,使得支杆70可以在操作状态与储存状态之间被操纵。相应地,当上部座椅50不处于与支杆操纵防止装置120的锁定状态相关联的竖立状态时,支杆触发构件抵靠槽内部框架123而被插入细长导向槽41内(例如,图4E),其中支杆触发构件不被上部座椅50触发,因此不操作支杆止动构件,因此防止支杆朝向伸长状态操纵。这样,当上部座椅50处于竖立状态时,支杆操纵防止装置120处于其解锁状态,因此支杆能够在操作状态和储存状态之间操纵。当上部座椅50不处于竖立状态(例如,它处于伸长状态)时,支杆操纵防止装置120处于其锁定状态,因此防止支杆操纵到操作状态。Thus, the strut triggering member is configured to "identify" the state of the upper seat 50 based on the depth of insertion of the guide pin 66 into the elongated guide slot 41. Specifically, when the upper seat 50 is in the erected state associated with the unlocked state of the strut manipulation prevention device 120, the strut triggering member is inserted into the slot recess 124 (FIG. 4D), which insertion triggers the strut triggering member to operate the strut stop member to manipulate it to its released state, so that the strut 70 can be manipulated between the operational state and the storage state. Accordingly, when the upper seat 50 is not in the erected state associated with the locked state of the strut manipulation prevention device 120, the strut triggering member is inserted into the elongated guide slot 41 against the slot internal frame 123 (e.g., FIG. 4E), wherein the strut triggering member is not triggered by the upper seat 50, and therefore does not operate the strut stop member, thereby preventing the strut from being manipulated toward the extended state. Thus, when the upper seat 50 is in the erected state, the pole manipulation prevention device 120 is in its unlocked state, so the pole can be manipulated between the operational state and the storage state. When the upper seat 50 is not in the erected state (e.g., it is in the extended state), the pole manipulation prevention device 120 is in its locked state, thus preventing the pole from being manipulated to the operational state.
支杆操纵防止装置120的支杆止动构件130被构造成具有止动状态和释放状态,在止动状态中,支杆止动构件130止动支杆操纵机构90,而在释放状态中,支杆操纵机构90从支杆止动构件130的止动而释放。支杆止动构件130被构造成通过支杆止动构件130直接或间接地连接到的支杆触发构件的操作改变状态。支杆止动构件130能够在与支杆操纵防止装置120的锁定状态相关联的止动状态和与支杆操纵防止装置120的解锁状态相关联的释放状态之间操作。在止动状态,支杆止动构件130止动支杆操纵机构90的操纵,而在释放状态,支杆止动构件130允许支杆操纵机构90的操纵。The strut stop member 130 of the strut manipulation prevention device 120 is configured to have a stop state in which the strut stop member 130 stops the strut manipulation mechanism 90, and a release state in which the strut manipulation mechanism 90 is released from the stop of the strut stop member 130. The strut stop member 130 is configured to change the state by the operation of the strut triggering member to which the strut stop member 130 is directly or indirectly connected. The strut stop member 130 is operable between the stop state associated with the locked state of the strut manipulation prevention device 120 and the release state associated with the unlocked state of the strut manipulation prevention device 120. In the stop state, the strut stop member 130 stops the manipulation of the strut manipulation mechanism 90, and in the release state, the strut stop member 130 allows the manipulation of the strut manipulation mechanism 90.
在本示例中,如图5B所示,座椅组件10包括一对支杆止动构件130,每个支杆止动构件130与座椅止动构件110类似地设计并且由棘爪形成,该棘爪在其一端具有接合部分131而在其第二端具有杠杆部分132。支杆止动构件130通过位于其相应中心的枢转轴134枢转地连接到上部座椅50,具体地连接到靠背部分52。每个支杆止动构件130还在其杠杆部分132处直接或间接地连接到导向销66的保持器部分67A(即支杆触发构件)。支杆止动构件130连接到保持器部分67A,使得对保持器部分67A的操纵,即通过沿细长导向槽41滑动导向销66,导致支杆止动构件130的枢转。In this example, as shown in FIG. 5B , the seat assembly 10 includes a pair of strut stop members 130, each of which is designed similarly to the seat stop member 110 and is formed by a pawl having an engagement portion 131 at one end thereof and a lever portion 132 at a second end thereof. The strut stop members 130 are pivotally connected to the upper seat 50, specifically to the backrest portion 52, via a pivot shaft 134 located at the center thereof. Each strut stop member 130 is also directly or indirectly connected to the retainer portion 67A (i.e., the strut triggering member) of the guide pin 66 at its lever portion 132. The strut stop member 130 is connected to the retainer portion 67A so that manipulation of the retainer portion 67A, i.e., by sliding the guide pin 66 along the elongated guide slot 41, results in pivoting of the strut stop member 130.
在这里未图示的一些情况下,支杆止动构件130还可以包括止动弹簧(未示出),该止动弹簧被设计成将支杆止动构件130偏压至其止动状态。In some cases not shown here, the strut stop member 130 may also include a stop spring (not shown) designed to bias the strut stop member 130 into its stop state.
通常,在止动状态下,支杆止动构件130的接合部分131被设计成邻接/接触支杆把手92的至少一部分,以便防止支杆把手92被用于操纵支杆操纵机构90。在本示例中,支杆把手内部部分92B还包括:支杆把手凹部135和接合部分131,该接合部分131具有绕其后端横向向前突出的止动齿136。支杆把手凹部135被形成为接收支杆止动构件130的接合部分131的止动齿136,使得当其被接收在支杆把手凹部135内时,支杆止动构件130止动支杆把手92并且因此止动支杆操纵机构90由用户操作以将支杆70从其操作状态操纵到其储存状态。Typically, in the stopped state, the engaging portion 131 of the strut stop member 130 is designed to abut/contact at least a portion of the strut handle 92 so as to prevent the strut handle 92 from being used to manipulate the strut operating mechanism 90. In this example, the strut handle inner portion 92B also includes: a strut handle recess 135 and an engaging portion 131, which has a stop tooth 136 protruding laterally forward around its rear end. The strut handle recess 135 is formed to receive the stop tooth 136 of the engaging portion 131 of the strut stop member 130, so that when it is received in the strut handle recess 135, the strut stop member 130 stops the strut handle 92 and thus stops the strut operating mechanism 90 from being operated by the user to manipulate the strut 70 from its operating state to its storage state.
在操作中,当上部座椅50触发支杆触发构件时(即,当上部座椅50被操纵到其竖立状态时),导向销66被插入到槽凹部124中(通过由销保持器64施加于其上的压缩力),从而使得支杆止动构件130在远离支杆把手凹部135的第一方向枢转,使得支杆止动构件130呈现其释放状态。当支杆触发构件从槽凹部124缩回并且沿着细长导向槽41滑动并且在细长导向槽41内滑动时(即,当上部座椅50从其竖直状态被操纵时),保持器部分67A远离销保持器64,使得支杆止动构件130沿与第一方向相反的第二方向枢转并且进入支杆把手凹部135中,从而使支杆止动构件130处于其锁定状态。由此,支杆止动构件130止动支杆把手92,以防止用户操作支杆操纵机构90操作支杆70。In operation, when the upper seat 50 triggers the strut trigger member (i.e., when the upper seat 50 is manipulated to its upright position), the guide pin 66 is inserted into the slot recess 124 (by the compressive force applied thereto by the pin retainer 64), thereby causing the strut stop member 130 to pivot in a first direction away from the strut handle recess 135, causing the strut stop member 130 to assume its released state. When the strut trigger member is retracted from the slot recess 124 and slides along and within the elongated guide slot 41 (i.e., when the upper seat 50 is manipulated from its upright position), the retainer portion 67A moves away from the pin retainer 64, causing the strut stop member 130 to pivot in a second direction opposite to the first direction and into the strut handle recess 135, thereby causing the strut stop member 130 to assume its locked state. Thus, the pole stopping member 130 stops the pole handle 92 to prevent the user from operating the pole operating mechanism 90 to operate the pole 70 .
在其它情况下(未示出),支杆操纵防止装置120在其锁定状态中可以被构造成通过止动支杆70来防止支杆70朝向储存状态的操纵。在这种情况下,在其止动状态下,支杆止动构件130可以被构造成邻接/接触支杆70以防止其操纵。在这种情况下,支杆止动构件130可以由处于其伸长状态的上部座椅50构成,更具体地,由其靠背部分52构成。In other cases (not shown), the strut manipulation prevention device 120 in its locked state can be configured to prevent manipulation of the strut 70 toward the storage state by stopping the strut 70. In this case, in its stopped state, the strut stop member 130 can be configured to abut/contact the strut 70 to prevent manipulation thereof. In this case, the strut stop member 130 can be constituted by the upper seat 50 in its extended state, more specifically, by the backrest portion 52 thereof.
例如,在其伸长状态中,靠背部分可以通过阻止支杆70的至少一部分移动到其在储存状态中的位置来物理地防止支杆70到储存状态的操纵。在该示例中,靠背部分52可以用于防止该对后支杆支撑件76的后杆84到达其在储存状态的位置,从而迫使支杆70维持在其操作状态。For example, in its extended state, the backrest portion can physically prevent manipulation of the strut 70 to the stored state by preventing at least a portion of the strut 70 from moving to its position in the stored state. In this example, the backrest portion 52 can be used to prevent the rear rod 84 of the pair of rear strut supports 76 from reaching its position in the stored state, thereby forcing the strut 70 to remain in its operative state.
根据当前公开的主题的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件可以包括一个或多个侧面保护模块,其被构造成向座椅组件提供侧面冲击保护。更具体地,侧面保护模块被构造成用于吸收其上的冲击能量的至少一部分。作为示例,至少当座椅组件处于其储存或汽车座椅安装模式并且被定位在汽车内靠近汽车侧门时,在汽车门撞击组件的情况下,安装在组件面对汽车门的一侧上的侧面保护模块将吸收撞击能量的至少一部分,从而防止坐在组件中的婴儿受到伤害。The convertible infant-safe car seat assembly according to the presently disclosed subject matter can include one or more side protection modules configured to provide side impact protection to the seat assembly. More specifically, the side protection modules are configured to absorb at least a portion of the impact energy thereon. As an example, at least when the seat assembly is in its storage or car seat installation mode and is positioned within a vehicle near a vehicle side door, in the event that the vehicle door strikes the assembly, the side protection modules mounted on the side of the assembly facing the vehicle door will absorb at least a portion of the impact energy, thereby preventing an infant seated in the assembly from being injured.
通常,座椅组件可以包括具有靠背部分和脚部分的座椅。在一些示例中,座椅可以由下部支撑件和上部座椅部分构成,这些下部支撑件和上部座椅部分具有结构并且可以以类似于以上关于组件10所述的方式一起操作。在一些示例中,座椅可以由一体地或整体地形成在一起的下部支撑件和上部座椅部分构成。因此,下面对座椅的描述适用于具有以下的任何座椅:用于将把手连接到座椅的把手附接区域;具有允许幼儿坐在其中的上部座椅部分;和为座椅提供机械强度的下部支撑件。Typically, the seat assembly can include a seat having a backrest portion and a foot portion. In some examples, the seat can be composed of a lower support and an upper seat portion that have a structure and can operate together in a manner similar to that described above with respect to assembly 10. In some examples, the seat can be composed of a lower support and an upper seat portion that are integrally or monolithically formed together. Therefore, the following description of the seat is applicable to any seat having: a handle attachment area for connecting a handle to the seat; an upper seat portion that allows a toddler to sit therein; and a lower support that provides mechanical strength to the seat.
该组件包括在座椅的把手附接区域处枢转地连接到座椅的把手。该连接允许把手在多个位置之间枢转,以至少采取防反弹或婴儿车状态、承载器状态和储存状态。把手可以具有座椅连接部分,在该座椅连接部分处,把手连接到座椅并且包括面向座椅附接区域的座椅面对区域和相对的面向外部的区域。把手和座位的连接可以通过任何合适的连接装置进行,包括允许把手在多个不同位置之间枢转的机械连接、电连接或磁连接。The assembly includes a handle pivotally connected to the seat at a handle attachment area of the seat. The connection allows the handle to pivot between multiple positions to assume at least an anti-bounce or stroller state, a carrier state, and a storage state. The handle may have a seat connection portion where the handle is connected to the seat and includes a seat facing area facing the seat attachment area and an opposite outward facing area. The connection of the handle to the seat may be made by any suitable connection means, including a mechanical connection, an electrical connection, or a magnetic connection that allows the handle to pivot between multiple different positions.
这里应当理解,把手在座椅的两个横向侧面处连接到座椅,并且为了简洁起见,这里仅描述了座椅的一个侧面、相应的把手附接区域和把手的相应部分,并且其描述也适用于另一个侧面。此外,座椅组件可以包括两个侧面保护模块,在把手/座椅的每一侧上一个,并且为了简洁起见,在此仅描述了一个。一个侧面保护模块的描述很好地适用于另一个侧面保护模块。It should be understood here that the handle is connected to the seat at two lateral sides of the seat, and for the sake of brevity, only one side of the seat, the corresponding handle attachment area and the corresponding part of the handle are described here, and its description also applies to the other side. In addition, the seat assembly can include two side protection modules, one on each side of the handle/seat, and for the sake of brevity, only one is described here. The description of one side protection module is well applicable to the other side protection module.
侧面保护模块可以选择性地在把手的面向外部的区域处可安装到把手,使得侧面保护模块在座椅的横向方向延伸到大于把手的程度。侧面保护模块和把手的连接可以通过任何合适的连接装置进行,包括机械连接、电连接或磁连接,从而允许侧面保护模块在连接到把手时与把手一起枢转,同时允许侧面保护模块的选择性附接和拆卸。应当理解,把手可枢转地连接在把手附接区域处,从而使得把手附接区域体积庞大且结构复杂,并且将侧面保护模块安装在把手的连接到把手附接区域的部分处,从而能够使把手附接区域与侧面保护模块一起枢转,这需要连接装置的复杂结构。The side protection module may be selectively mountable to the handle at an outwardly facing area of the handle such that the side protection module extends in a transverse direction of the seat to an extent greater than the handle. The connection of the side protection module to the handle may be made by any suitable connection means, including a mechanical connection, an electrical connection, or a magnetic connection, thereby allowing the side protection module to pivot with the handle when connected to the handle, while allowing for selective attachment and removal of the side protection module. It should be understood that the handle is pivotally connected at the handle attachment area, thereby making the handle attachment area bulky and complex in structure, and mounting the side protection module at the portion of the handle connected to the handle attachment area, thereby enabling the handle attachment area to pivot with the side protection module, requires a complex structure of the connection means.
在图7A至7H所示的本示例中,可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件210包括:由上部座椅部分250和下部支撑件230构成的座椅202。这里应当理解,尽管座椅组件210已经示出为处于储存模式,但是它可以具有与上面关于座椅组件10所述的类似的操作模式。实际上,座位组件210可以包括上述座位组件10的一些或全部特征,例如涉及模式,并且对组件10的操作模式和储存模式以及支杆70的操作状态和储存状态的相应描述适用于组件210和支杆270。In the present example shown in FIGS. 7A to 7H , the convertible infant safety car seat assembly 210 includes a seat 202 formed by an upper seat portion 250 and a lower support member 230. It should be understood that although the seat assembly 210 has been shown in the storage mode, it can have similar operating modes as described above with respect to the seat assembly 10. In fact, the seat assembly 210 can include some or all of the features of the seat assembly 10 described above, such as with respect to the modes, and the corresponding descriptions of the operating mode and storage mode of the assembly 10 and the operating state and storage state of the support rod 70 apply to the assembly 210 and the support rod 270.
座椅202具有两个横向侧面202A和202B,每个侧面具有相应的把手附接区域205,把手212枢转地连接在把手附接区域205处。例如,在把手212的每侧的两个座椅连接部分213在座椅202的两个横向侧面202A和202B处连接到把手附接区域205。座椅连接部分213包括面向把手附接区域205的面向座椅的区域213A和相对的面向外部的区域213B。The seat 202 has two lateral sides 202A and 202B, each with a corresponding handle attachment area 205, at which the handle 212 is pivotally connected. For example, two seat connection portions 213 on each side of the handle 212 are connected to the handle attachment area 205 at the two lateral sides 202A and 202B of the seat 202. The seat connection portions 213 include a seat-facing area 213A facing the handle attachment area 205 and an opposite, exterior-facing area 213B.
侧面保护模块206被示出为安装到把手212的相应侧面。如在示出把手212分别处于防反弹状态、承载器状态和储存状态的图7C、图7D和图7E所示,侧面保护模块206能够与把手212一起枢转。The side protection modules 206 are shown mounted to respective sides of the handle 212. The side protection modules 206 can pivot with the handle 212 as shown in FIGS. 7C, 7D and 7E showing the handle 212 in the anti-bounce state, the carrier state and the storage state, respectively.
通常,侧面保护模块206可以具有沿着纵向轴线延伸的细长形状,使得侧面保护模块可以具有沿着纵向轴线延伸的纵向尺寸,该纵向尺寸比横向于纵向轴线延伸的横向尺寸长。细长形状可以是矩形、多边形、三角形、卵形、椭圆形、蛋形、泪滴形等。Generally, the side protection module 206 can have an elongated shape extending along the longitudinal axis, so that the side protection module can have a longitudinal dimension extending along the longitudinal axis that is longer than a transverse dimension extending transverse to the longitudinal axis. The elongated shape can be rectangular, polygonal, triangular, oval, elliptical, egg-shaped, teardrop-shaped, etc.
侧面保护模块至少在两个部分处接合把手,更具体地,至少在至少部分地沿着纵向轴线延伸的两个部分处固定地接合把手。因此,侧面保护模块包括至少部分地沿着纵向轴线彼此间隔开的第一把手接合部分和第二把手接合部分,并且把手在面向外部的区域处包括用于接合第一把手接合部分的相应的第一模块接合部分和用于接合第二把手接合部分的第二模块接合部分。两个接合件中的至少一个可以是将侧部模块安装到把手的连接装置,并且两个接合件中的至少一个可以是用于相对于把手固定侧面模块的定向的定向固定件,使得侧面模块能够与把手一起枢转。The side protection module engages the handle at least at two portions, more specifically, fixedly engages the handle at least at two portions extending at least partially along the longitudinal axis. Thus, the side protection module comprises a first handle engagement portion and a second handle engagement portion spaced apart from each other at least partially along the longitudinal axis, and the handle comprises, at an area facing outward, a respective first module engagement portion for engaging the first handle engagement portion and a second module engagement portion for engaging the second handle engagement portion. At least one of the two engagement members may be a connection device for mounting the side module to the handle, and at least one of the two engagement members may be an orientation fixture for fixing the orientation of the side module relative to the handle, such that the side module can pivot together with the handle.
例如,第一把手接合部分和第二把手接合部分中的至少一个与相应的第一模块接合部分和第二模块接合部分的接合可以构成用于将侧面保护模块安装到把手上的连接装置。连接装置可以包括:定位在第一把手接合部分和第二把手接合部分中的至少一个处的把手连接元件和定位在第一模块接合部分和第二模块接合部分中的至少一个处的相应模块连接元件。连接元件可以可拆卸地彼此连接,使得连接装置可以构成快速释放机构。通常,连接装置可以具有允许侧面保护模块可拆卸地连接到把手的任何合适结构。例如,连接装置可以是构成快速释放机构的机械连接装置、电连接装置、或磁连接装置。For example, engagement of at least one of the first handle engagement portion and the second handle engagement portion with the corresponding first module engagement portion and the second module engagement portion may constitute a connection device for mounting the side protection module on the handle. The connection device may include: a handle connection element positioned at at least one of the first handle engagement portion and the second handle engagement portion and a corresponding module connection element positioned at at least one of the first module engagement portion and the second module engagement portion. The connection elements may be detachably connected to each other so that the connection device may constitute a quick release mechanism. Generally, the connection device may have any suitable structure that allows the side protection module to be detachably connected to the handle. For example, the connection device may be a mechanical connection device, an electrical connection device, or a magnetic connection device constituting a quick release mechanism.
此外,第一把手接合部分和第二把手接合部分中的至少一个与相应的第一模块接合部分和第二模块接合部分的接合可以构成定向固定机构,该定向固定机构无论是否参与将侧面保护模块安装到把手都相对于把手固定侧面保护模块的定向。通常,定向固定机构可以包括:定位在侧面保护模块处的第一部件和定位在把手处的第二部件。第一部件和第二部件可以这样接合以防止它们之间的相对枢转,从而固定定向以允许侧面保护装置与把手一起枢转。定向固定机构可以包括任何合适结构,以固定地接合第一部件和第二部件,以防止一个部件相对于另一个部件相对枢转,而不必将它们彼此连接。在一些示例中,定向固定机构可以由连接装置构成。In addition, the engagement of at least one of the first handle engagement portion and the second handle engagement portion with the corresponding first module engagement portion and the second module engagement portion can constitute an orientation fixing mechanism, which fixes the orientation of the side protection module relative to the handle regardless of whether it participates in mounting the side protection module to the handle. Generally, the orientation fixing mechanism may include: a first component positioned at the side protection module and a second component positioned at the handle. The first component and the second component can be engaged in such a way as to prevent relative pivoting between them, thereby fixing the orientation to allow the side protection device to pivot with the handle. The orientation fixing mechanism may include any suitable structure to fixedly engage the first component and the second component to prevent one component from pivoting relative to the other component without having to connect them to each other. In some examples, the orientation fixing mechanism may be composed of a connecting device.
在图7A至7H所示的本示例中,侧面保护模块具有含纵向轴线LA的细长形状。侧面保护模块206和把手212的座椅连接部分213分别被示出为具有把手接合部分和模块接合部分。图7F示出了侧面保护模块206和座椅连接部分213的不同视图,其中图7F的左上部分示出了安装到把手212上的侧面保护模块206沿着垂直于把手的枢转轴线PA的平面截取的横截面视图,并且如在沿着枢转轴线PA从侧面保护模块的横向最外面区域延伸到侧面保护模块中的由观察方向V1(图7A)表示的横向方向看到。图7F的右上部分示出了把手212沿着垂直于把手的枢转轴线PA的平面截取的横截面视图,并且如在沿着枢转轴线PA从把手212的面向座椅的区域到面向外部的区域延伸的由观察方向V2(图7A)表示的横向方向看到。图7F的左下部分示出了从把手212拆卸的侧面保护模块206沿着平行于图7F的左上部分的视图沿着其所截取并且进一步朝向在连接到把手时面向把手的侧面保护模块的内表面而定向的平面的平面所截取的横截面视图,并且如在与图7F的左上部分的相同方向所看到。图7F的右下部分示出了从把手212拆卸的侧面保护模块206沿着与图7F的左下部分的视图沿着其所截取的相同平面所截取的横截面视图,并且如在与图7F的右上部分的相同方向所看到。In the present example shown in FIGS. 7A to 7H , the side protection module has an elongated shape with a longitudinal axis LA. The side protection module 206 and the seat connection portion 213 of the handle 212 are shown as having a handle engagement portion and a module engagement portion, respectively. FIG. 7F shows different views of the side protection module 206 and the seat connection portion 213, wherein the upper left portion of FIG. 7F shows a cross-sectional view of the side protection module 206 mounted to the handle 212 taken along a plane perpendicular to the pivot axis PA of the handle, and as seen in a transverse direction represented by the viewing direction V1 ( FIG. 7A ) extending along the pivot axis PA from the transverse outermost area of the side protection module into the side protection module. The upper right portion of FIG. 7F shows a cross-sectional view of the handle 212 taken along a plane perpendicular to the pivot axis PA of the handle, and as seen in a transverse direction represented by the viewing direction V2 ( FIG. 7A ) extending along the pivot axis PA from the area of the handle 212 facing the seat to the area facing the outside. The lower left portion of Fig. 7F shows a cross-sectional view of the side protection module 206 detached from the handle 212 taken along a plane parallel to the plane along which the view of the upper left portion of Fig. 7F is taken and further oriented toward the inner surface of the side protection module facing the handle when connected to the handle, and as seen in the same direction as the upper left portion of Fig. 7F. The lower right portion of Fig. 7F shows a cross-sectional view of the side protection module 206 detached from the handle 212 taken along the same plane along which the view of the lower left portion of Fig. 7F is taken, and as seen in the same direction as the upper right portion of Fig. 7F.
如图7F所见,侧面保护模块206包括沿着纵向轴线LA间隔开的第一把手接合部分206-1和第二把手接合部分206-2,并且把手包括第一模块接合部分212-1和第二模块接合部分212-2。在本示例中,第一把手接合部分206-1和第一模块接合部分212-1构成磁连接机构,其中一个是磁体,而另一个可以是磁体或磁性元件(其不必是磁体,而是被磁体吸引)。(多个)磁体和/或磁体和磁性元件构成把手连接元件和模块连接元件。此外,在本示例中,第二把手接合部分206-1和第二模块接合部分212-1构成定向固定机构,其中,第二把手接合部分206-2是构成定向固定机构的第一部件的凹部,而第二模块接合部分212-2是构成定向固定机构的第二部件的突起以用于当侧面保护模块206安装到把手212时接收在在凹部内,例如侧面保护模块206不能相对于把手212旋转/枢转,因此侧面保护模块206的定向相对于把手212固定。As shown in FIG. 7F , the side protection module 206 includes a first handle engagement portion 206-1 and a second handle engagement portion 206-2 spaced apart along the longitudinal axis LA, and the handle includes a first module engagement portion 212-1 and a second module engagement portion 212-2. In this example, the first handle engagement portion 206-1 and the first module engagement portion 212-1 constitute a magnetic connection mechanism, one of which is a magnet and the other can be a magnet or a magnetic element (which does not have to be a magnet, but is attracted by a magnet). (Multiple) magnets and/or magnets and magnetic elements constitute a handle connection element and a module connection element. In addition, in this example, the second handle engaging portion 206-1 and the second module engaging portion 212-1 constitute an orientation fixing mechanism, wherein the second handle engaging portion 206-2 is a recess of the first component constituting the orientation fixing mechanism, and the second module engaging portion 212-2 is a protrusion of the second component constituting the orientation fixing mechanism for being received in the recess when the side protection module 206 is installed to the handle 212, for example, the side protection module 206 cannot rotate/pivot relative to the handle 212, and therefore the orientation of the side protection module 206 is fixed relative to the handle 212.
通常,侧面保护模块可以包括:偏离纵向轴线定位的至少一个第三把手接合部分,并且把手的面向外部的区域可以包括相应的至少一个第三模块接合部分,该至少一个第三模块接合部分构造成当侧面保护模块安装到把手时接合至少一个第三把手接合部分。至少一个第三把手接合部分与相应的至少一个第三模块接合部分的接合可以构成连接装置,该连接装置可以包括:定位在至少一个第三把手接合部分处的把手连接元件和定位在至少一个第三模块接合部分处的相应的第三模块连接元件。连接元件可以彼此可拆卸地连接,使得连接装置可以构成快速释放机构。通常,连接装置可以具有允许侧面保护模块可拆卸地连接到把手的任何合适结构。例如,连接装置可以是构成快速释放机构的机械连接装置、电连接装置或磁连接装置。在一些示例中,至少一个第三把手接合部分与相应的第三模块接合部分的接合可以构成定向固定机构,该定向固定机构无论是否参与将侧面保护模块安装到把手都相对于把手固定侧面保护模块的定向。通常,定向固定机构可以包括:定位在侧面保护模块处的第一部件和被定位在把手处的第二部件。第一部件和第二部件可以这样接合以防止它们之间的相对枢转,从而固定定向以允许侧面保护装置与把手一起枢转。定向固定机构可以包括任何合适结构,以固定地接合第一部件和第二部件,以防止一个部件相对于另一个部件相对枢转,而不必将它们彼此连接。Typically, the side protection module may include: at least one third handle engagement portion positioned offset from the longitudinal axis, and the outwardly facing area of the handle may include a corresponding at least one third module engagement portion, the at least one third module engagement portion being configured to engage the at least one third handle engagement portion when the side protection module is mounted to the handle. The engagement of the at least one third handle engagement portion with the corresponding at least one third module engagement portion may constitute a connection device, which may include: a handle connection element positioned at the at least one third handle engagement portion and a corresponding third module connection element positioned at the at least one third module engagement portion. The connection elements may be detachably connected to each other so that the connection device may constitute a quick release mechanism. Typically, the connection device may have any suitable structure that allows the side protection module to be detachably connected to the handle. For example, the connection device may be a mechanical connection device, an electrical connection device, or a magnetic connection device that constitutes a quick release mechanism. In some examples, the engagement of the at least one third handle engagement portion with the corresponding third module engagement portion may constitute an orientation fixing mechanism that fixes the orientation of the side protection module relative to the handle regardless of whether it participates in mounting the side protection module to the handle. Typically, the orientation fixing mechanism may include: a first component positioned at the side protection module and a second component positioned at the handle. The first and second components may be engaged to prevent relative pivoting therebetween, thereby fixing the orientation to allow the side guard to pivot with the handle. The orientation fixing mechanism may include any suitable structure to fixedly engage the first and second components to prevent relative pivoting of one component relative to the other without necessarily connecting them to each other.
在一些情况下,侧面保护模块可以包括:两个第三把手接合部分,每个第三把手接合部分偏离纵向轴线并且被定位在其相对侧上。把手可以包括仅一个第三模块接合部分,该第三模块接合部分接合两个第三把手接合部分中的一个,这取决于把手的哪一侧连接到侧面保护模块。例如,把手左侧的第三模块接合部分可以接合两个第三把手接合部分中的一个,并且把手右侧的第三模块接合部分可以接合两个第三把手接合部分中的另一个。第三把手接合部分和模块接合部分的这种结构和定位允许侧面保护模块可用在座椅的两侧,并且消除了用于为座椅的不同侧面制造不同侧面保护模块的需要。In some cases, the side protection module may include: two third handle engagement portions, each of which is offset from the longitudinal axis and positioned on opposite sides thereof. The handle may include only one third module engagement portion that engages one of the two third handle engagement portions, depending on which side of the handle is connected to the side protection module. For example, the third module engagement portion on the left side of the handle may engage one of the two third handle engagement portions, and the third module engagement portion on the right side of the handle may engage the other of the two third handle engagement portions. This structure and positioning of the third handle engagement portion and the module engagement portion allows the side protection module to be used on both sides of the seat and eliminates the need to manufacture different side protection modules for different sides of the seat.
在本示例中,如在图7F所见,侧面保护模块206包括两个第三接合部分206-3,而把手具有一个第三模块接合部分212-3。在本示例中,第三把手接合部分206-3和第三模块接合部分212-3中的每一个构成磁连接机构,其中一个是磁体,而另一个可以是磁体或磁性元件(其不必是磁体,而是被磁体吸引)。(多个)磁体和/或磁体和磁性元件构成把手连接元件和模块连接元件。第三模块接合部分212-3接合两个第三把手接合部分206-3中的一个,这取决于把手206的哪一侧(左或右)连接到侧面保护模块206。In this example, as seen in FIG. 7F , the side protection module 206 includes two third engagement portions 206-3, while the handle has one third module engagement portion 212-3. In this example, each of the third handle engagement portion 206-3 and the third module engagement portion 212-3 constitutes a magnetic connection mechanism, one of which is a magnet, and the other can be a magnet or a magnetic element (which does not have to be a magnet, but is attracted by a magnet). (Multiple) magnets and/or magnets and magnetic elements constitute a handle connection element and a module connection element. The third module engagement portion 212-3 engages one of the two third handle engagement portions 206-3, depending on which side (left or right) of the handle 206 is connected to the side protection module 206.
通常,侧面保护模块可以包括多于一个部件,即,可选择地可安装到把手的至少第一模块部件以及可选择地可安装到第一模块部件的至少第二模块部件。侧面保护模块可以包括锁定装置,用于当第二模块部件安装到第一模块部件时选择性地将第一模块部件和第二模块部件彼此锁定。第一模块部件和第二模块部件可以通过任何合适的机械连接装置、电连接装置或磁连接装置彼此连接。锁定装置可以具有任何合适结构,以防止第二模块部件在锁定时从第一模块部分拆卸。形成在两个部件中的侧面保护模块允许从座椅选择其横向延伸,例如取决于汽车中的空间的可用性。Typically, the side protection module may include more than one component, i.e., at least a first module component that is selectively mountable to the handle and at least a second module component that is selectively mountable to the first module component. The side protection module may include a locking device for selectively locking the first module component and the second module component to each other when the second module component is mounted to the first module component. The first module component and the second module component may be connected to each other by any suitable mechanical connection device, electrical connection device or magnetic connection device. The locking device may have any suitable structure to prevent the second module component from being disassembled from the first module part when locked. The side protection module formed in two components allows its lateral extension to be selected from the seat, for example depending on the availability of space in the car.
在本示例中,如可以在图7G最佳所见,侧面保护模块206包括可选择性地可安装到把手212的第一模块部件206A和可选择性地可安装到第一模块部件206A的第二模块部件206B。侧面保护模块206还包括锁定装置207,用于当第二模块部件206B安装到第一模块部件206A时选择性地将第一模块部件206A和第二模块部件206B彼此锁定。在本示例中,锁定装置207被构造成能够在锁定状态和解锁状态之间移动,在锁定状态中,锁定装置207防止第一模块部件206A和第二模块部件206B拆卸,而在解锁状态,锁定装置207通过相对于第一模块部件206A枢转第二模块部件206B来允许第一模块部件206A和第二模块部件206B拆卸。In this example, as can be best seen in FIG. 7G , the side protection module 206 includes a first module component 206A that is selectively mountable to the handle 212 and a second module component 206B that is selectively mountable to the first module component 206A. The side protection module 206 also includes a locking device 207 for selectively locking the first module component 206A and the second module component 206B to each other when the second module component 206B is mounted to the first module component 206A. In this example, the locking device 207 is configured to be movable between a locked state and an unlocked state, in which the locking device 207 prevents the first module component 206A and the second module component 206B from being disassembled, and in the unlocked state, the locking device 207 allows the first module component 206A and the second module component 206B to be disassembled by pivoting the second module component 206B relative to the first module component 206A.
通常,该组件还可以包括电缆连接装置,用于在侧面保护模块安装到把手时将侧面保护模块连接到把手和座椅中的至少一个。电缆连接装置可以包括:电缆,该电缆具有可连接到侧面保护模块的第一端和可连接到把手和座椅中的至少一个的第二端。在一些示例中,第二端可以在支杆处连接,而不是在把手或座椅处连接。电缆连接装置防止侧面保护模块在突然撞击时飞离。例如,如果快速释放机构不能承受该冲击并且侧部保护模块从把手上拆卸下来,则侧部保护模块将不会飞离,而是由于电缆连接装置而从把手或座椅悬停。在本示例中,电缆连接装置208可以在图7H中最佳示出为具有在其一端连接到侧面保护模块206而在另一端连接到把手212的电缆208A。Typically, the assembly may also include a cable connection device for connecting the side protection module to at least one of the handle and the seat when the side protection module is mounted to the handle. The cable connection device may include: a cable having a first end connectable to the side protection module and a second end connectable to at least one of the handle and the seat. In some examples, the second end may be connected at the strut rather than at the handle or the seat. The cable connection device prevents the side protection module from flying off in the event of a sudden impact. For example, if the quick release mechanism cannot withstand the impact and the side protection module is removed from the handle, the side protection module will not fly off, but will hover from the handle or the seat due to the cable connection device. In this example, the cable connection device 208 can be best shown in Figure 7H as a cable 208A having one end connected to the side protection module 206 and the other end connected to the handle 212.
通常,该组件还可以包括支杆,该支杆具有带轮子的远端和在其支杆附接区域处连接到座椅的相对近端。支杆附接区域可以构成上部座椅或下部支撑件的一部分,并且被定位在座椅的左右侧。支杆可以构成一对前支杆和一对后支杆,并且这些对中的至少一个可以在支杆附接区域处连接到座椅。在组件的侧视图中,当安装到把手上时,支杆附接区域可以至少部分地与把手附接区域重叠,并且可选地与侧面保护模块重叠。例如,当安装到把手时,平行于把手的枢转轴线的横向轴线穿过把手附接区域的至少一部分和支杆附接区域的至少一部分,并且可选地穿过侧部保护模块的至少一部分。Typically, the assembly may also include a strut having a distal end with wheels and a relative proximal end connected to the seat at its strut attachment area. The strut attachment area may constitute a portion of the upper seat or the lower support and be positioned on the left and right sides of the seat. The strut may constitute a pair of front struts and a pair of rear struts, and at least one of these pairs may be connected to the seat at the strut attachment area. In a side view of the assembly, when mounted to the handle, the strut attachment area may at least partially overlap with the handle attachment area and optionally overlap with the side protection module. For example, when mounted to the handle, a transverse axis parallel to the pivot axis of the handle passes through at least a portion of the handle attachment area and at least a portion of the strut attachment area, and optionally passes through at least a portion of the side protection module.
把手附接区域和支杆附接区域的这种重叠在要安装侧面保护模块的区域处提供了厚材料层,从而提供了对侧面冲击的增强保护。应当理解,支杆以及把手在一个区域处的附接以及支杆以及把手都可独立地可枢转使得该区域庞大并且结构复杂,具有厚材料层(在横向方向上厚)。此外,将侧面保护模块安装在把手的连接在把手附接区域的部分使得该区域更庞大并且具有更厚的材料层,从而在侧面冲击的情况下增加了该区域的能量吸收能力。This overlap of the handle attachment area and the strut attachment area provides a thick layer of material at the area where the side protection module is to be installed, thereby providing enhanced protection against side impacts. It should be understood that the attachment of the strut and the handle at one area and the fact that both the strut and the handle are independently pivotable make this area bulky and complex in structure, with a thick layer of material (thick in the lateral direction). In addition, mounting the side protection module at the portion of the handle connected to the handle attachment area makes this area bulkier and with a thicker layer of material, thereby increasing the energy absorption capacity of this area in the event of a side impact.
除了侧面保护模块206之外,轮子还可以构成附加侧面保护模块。例如,当支杆处于它们的储存状态时,轮子被定位在座椅的横向侧面上,从而允许后轮和前轮中的至少一个轮子在座椅的两个横向侧面上构成附加侧面保护模块。The wheels may also constitute an additional side protection module in addition to the side protection module 206. For example, when the struts are in their storage state, the wheels are positioned on the lateral sides of the seat, thereby allowing at least one of the rear wheels and the front wheels to constitute an additional side protection module on both lateral sides of the seat.
在本实施例中,支杆270具有带轮子286的远端271和连接在支杆附接区域242处的近端272(可以在图13A中最好地看到),在图7A至7E中只能看到其中的一个。在组件的侧视图(图7C至7E)中,支杆附接区域242与把手附接区域205重叠。换句话说,在组件的侧视图中,支杆附接区域242和把手附接区域205中的一个至少部分地阻挡支杆附接区域242和把手附接区域205中的另一个的视图。In this embodiment, the pole 270 has a distal end 271 with a wheel 286 and a proximal end 272 (best seen in FIG. 13A ) connected at the pole attachment area 242, only one of which is visible in FIGS. 7A to 7E . In the side view of the assembly ( FIGS. 7C to 7E ), the pole attachment area 242 overlaps the handle attachment area 205. In other words, in the side view of the assembly, one of the pole attachment area 242 and the handle attachment area 205 at least partially blocks the view of the other of the pole attachment area 242 and the handle attachment area 205.
在本示例中,在支杆的储存状态下(图7A至7E),前支杆270A的前轮286A从座椅202向侧面突出到比座椅202同一侧的后支杆270B的后轮286B更大的程度,并且构成附加侧面保护模块。在一些示例中,后轮可以从座椅向侧面突出到比座椅同一侧的前轮更大的程度并且构成附加侧面保护模块。In this example, in the stored state of the struts ( FIGS. 7A to 7E ), the front wheels 286A of the front struts 270A protrude laterally from the seat 202 to a greater extent than the rear wheels 286B of the rear struts 270B on the same side of the seat 202 and constitute an additional side protection module. In some examples, the rear wheels may protrude laterally from the seat to a greater extent than the front wheels on the same side of the seat and constitute an additional side protection module.
支杆在操作状态和储存状态之间的枢转在上面已经相对于组件10的支杆70进行了描述,并且其描述也适用于支杆270。例如,支杆270以类似于支杆70的方式向后朝向座椅的靠背部分252枢转,用于从操作状态操纵到储存状态,使得在储存状态中,所述远端271被定位成比座椅202的脚部分254更靠近靠背部分252。The pivoting of the strut between the operative state and the storage state has been described above with respect to the strut 70 of the assembly 10, and the description also applies to the strut 270. For example, the strut 270 is pivoted rearwardly toward the backrest portion 252 of the seat in a manner similar to the strut 70 for maneuvering from the operative state to the storage state, such that in the storage state, the distal end 271 is positioned closer to the backrest portion 252 than the foot portion 254 of the seat 202.
根据当前公开的主题的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件可以包括拉链装置,该拉链装置能够实现织物盖和顶罩两者独立地拉链到其靠背部分。事实上,拉链装置可以与具有可拆卸地连接的织物盖和顶罩的任何婴儿座椅一起使用,因此下面的描述应该被认为可应用于具有靠背部分的任何这样的座椅,该靠背部分包括由塑料制成的外壳,并且该外壳具有外侧和内侧,织物盖可以应用到所述内侧,以便至少部分地覆盖所述外壳的内侧。座椅的塑料外壳可以包括后壁和两个侧壁,这三个壁中的每一个具有在相应上边缘处合并的相应的内表面和外表面。后壁和侧壁的相应上边缘合并在一起,以形成外壳的连续上边缘。换言之,外壳的连续上边缘由相应后壁和侧壁的上边缘限定。The convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to the presently disclosed subject matter may include a zipper device that enables both the fabric cover and the top cover to be independently zipped to its back portion. In fact, the zipper device can be used with any infant seat having a detachably connected fabric cover and top cover, so the following description should be considered applicable to any such seat having a back portion, the back portion comprising a shell made of plastic, and the shell having an outer side and an inner side, to which the fabric cover can be applied so as to at least partially cover the inner side of the shell. The plastic shell of the seat may include a rear wall and two side walls, each of the three walls having a corresponding inner surface and an outer surface merged at a corresponding upper edge. The corresponding upper edges of the rear wall and the side walls merge together to form a continuous upper edge of the shell. In other words, the continuous upper edge of the shell is defined by the upper edges of the corresponding rear wall and side walls.
拉链装置可以包括两个拉链,每个拉链都是分离拉链类型。拉链装置可以包括盖拉链和顶罩拉链,每个具有例如沿着并且邻近外壳上边缘的至少一部分而缝合到外壳的外壳拉链半部以及匹配拉链半部,盖拉链的匹配拉链半部被缝合到织物盖,而顶罩拉链的匹配拉链半部被缝合到顶罩。这样,织物盖和顶罩都可以利用它们的拉链部件被拉(zip)到外壳拉链中的缝合到外壳的相应外壳拉链。The zipper arrangement may include two zippers, each of which is a split zipper type. The zipper arrangement may include a cover zipper and a top cover zipper, each having a shell zipper half sewn to the shell, for example, along and adjacent to at least a portion of the upper edge of the shell, and a matching zipper half, the matching zipper half of the cover zipper being sewn to the fabric cover, and the matching zipper half of the top cover zipper being sewn to the top cover. In this way, both the fabric cover and the top cover can be zipped into the corresponding shell zipper sewn to the shell in the shell zipper using their zipper components.
顶罩拉链和盖拉链中的每一个的两个半部中的每一个都具有带拉链齿的齿状部分和没有这种齿的基部,基部用于将拉链半部缝合到外壳或缝合盖/顶罩,同时保持齿状部分可扑动(flappable)。盖拉链和顶罩拉链中的每一个的外壳拉链半部通过至少一个缝合接缝在其基部缝合到外壳。这允许盖拉链和顶罩拉链的外壳半部的齿状部分彼此独立地可扑动,从而当连接盖和顶罩时它们可以间隔开。Each of the two halves of each of the top cover zipper and the lid zipper has a toothed portion with zipper teeth and a base portion without such teeth, the base portion being used to sew the zipper halves to the shell or sew the lid/top cover while keeping the toothed portion flappable. The shell zipper half of each of the lid zipper and the top cover zipper is sewn to the shell at its base by at least one sewn seam. This allows the toothed portions of the shell halves of the lid zipper and the top cover zipper to be flappable independently of each other so that they can be spaced apart when the lid and the top cover are connected.
顶罩拉链的外壳拉链半部的基部可以至少部分地位于在外壳外表面和盖拉链的外壳拉链半部例如盖拉链的基部之间。可选地,两个拉链的外壳拉链半部可以一起缝合到外壳,即通过至少一个共同缝合接缝而一起缝合到外壳。The base of the shell zipper half of the top cover zipper can be at least partially located between the outer shell surface and the shell zipper half of the cover zipper, such as the base of the cover zipper. Optionally, the shell zipper halves of the two zippers can be sewn together to the shell, i.e., sewn together to the shell by at least one common sewing seam.
两个拉链的外壳半部的齿状部分的齿可以从外壳上边缘间隔大约相同或不同的距离。在后一种情况下,盖拉链的外壳拉链半部的齿可以从外壳的上边缘间隔开到比顶罩拉链的齿更大的距离。在任何情况下,两个拉链的外壳半部的齿部分通常可以彼此平行并且平行于外壳上边缘。The teeth of the toothed portions of the shell halves of the two zippers may be spaced about the same distance from the shell upper edge or different distances. In the latter case, the teeth of the shell zipper half of the cover zipper may be spaced a greater distance from the shell upper edge than the teeth of the top cover zipper. In any case, the toothed portions of the shell halves of the two zippers may be generally parallel to each other and to the shell upper edge.
在一些情况下,两个拉链可以被构造成沿相反方向紧固,例如顶罩拉链被构造成从外壳的第一侧壁朝向外壳的第二侧壁紧固,并且盖拉链可以构造成从外壳的第二侧壁朝向第一侧壁紧固。其中每个拉链从不同方向紧固的这种装置可以方便使用,例如在连接或移除顶罩或盖时。In some cases, the two zippers can be configured to fasten in opposite directions, such as a top cover zipper configured to fasten from a first side wall of the housing toward a second side wall of the housing, and a lid zipper configured to fasten from the second side wall of the housing toward the first side wall. Such an arrangement in which each zipper fastens from a different direction can be convenient for use, such as when attaching or removing a top cover or lid.
在一些情况下,拉链的长度不同。顶罩拉链可以延伸到比覆盖拉链更短的长度,其中盖拉链进一步沿着外壳的两个侧壁延伸。可选地,顶罩拉链在紧固时至少部分地层叠在紧固的盖拉链上方,从而当顶罩连接到座椅时,从座椅的外部只能看见顶罩拉链。当顶罩被连接时,盖拉链至少沿着其长度的一部分是不可接近的。这可以降低不希望从座椅移除盖的可能性,并且可以在已经移除顶罩之前防止盖的移除。In some cases, the lengths of the zippers are different. The top cover zipper may extend to a shorter length than the cover zipper, wherein the cover zipper extends further along both side walls of the shell. Optionally, the top cover zipper, when fastened, at least partially overlaps the fastened cover zipper, so that when the top cover is connected to the seat, only the top cover zipper is visible from the outside of the seat. When the top cover is connected, the cover zipper is inaccessible along at least a portion of its length. This can reduce the likelihood of not wanting to remove the cover from the seat, and can prevent removal of the cover before the top cover has been removed.
盖拉链可以位于座椅的靠背部分,而不进一步延伸(例如,盖拉链不延伸到脚部分)。这可以提供潜在制造优点,因为盖拉链沿着比拉链也延伸到脚部所需的距离更短的距离缝合到外壳。The cover zipper can be located on the back portion of the seat and not extend further (e.g., the cover zipper does not extend to the foot portion). This can provide a potential manufacturing advantage because the cover zipper is sewn to the shell along a shorter distance than the distance required for the zipper to also extend to the foot portion.
参照图8A、图8B和图9,在座椅组件210的所描绘的示例中,上部座椅250包括靠背252,该靠背252具有由塑料制成的外壳255,织物盖223可拆卸地应用到该外壳255。靠背252的塑料外壳255通常包括三个壁:后壁213和两个相对的侧壁204A、204B,它们一体地形成以限定外壳255的通常连续和轮廓的主体。后壁213和侧壁204中的每一个都具有相应的内表面和外表面,这些表面分别合并以限定相应壁204A、204B、213的连续的外边缘或上边缘204’、213’。相应壁204A、204B、213的上边缘204’、213’一起合并,以形成外壳255的大致连续的最外上边缘。8A, 8B and 9, in the depicted example of the seat assembly 210, the upper seat 250 includes a backrest 252 having a shell 255 made of plastic to which a fabric cover 223 is removably applied. The plastic shell 255 of the backrest 252 generally includes three walls: a rear wall 213 and two opposing side walls 204A, 204B, which are integrally formed to define a generally continuous and contoured body of the shell 255. Each of the rear wall 213 and the side walls 204 has a respective inner and outer surface that merge to define a continuous outer edge or upper edge 204', 213' of the respective wall 204A, 204B, 213, respectively. The upper edges 204', 213' of the respective walls 204A, 204B, 213 merge together to form a generally continuous outermost upper edge of the shell 255.
图9示出了具有拉链装置200的一部分的外壳255的一部分,通过该拉链装置200,顶罩150(未示出)和织物盖223可以沿着外壳255的上边缘独立地拉链到其。上边缘(未示出)沿着第一侧壁204A延伸,直到后壁213的顶部,然后沿着相对的侧壁204B向下延伸。拉链装置200被缝合到外壳255,使得它并排延伸并且邻近其上边缘行进,或者至少沿着其主要部分行进。9 shows a portion of a housing 255 having a portion of a zipper arrangement 200 by which the top cover 150 (not shown) and the fabric cover 223 can be independently zipped thereto along an upper edge of the housing 255. The upper edge (not shown) extends along the first side wall 204A, up to the top of the rear wall 213, and then extends downwardly along the opposite side wall 204B. The zipper arrangement 200 is sewn to the housing 255 so that it extends side by side and runs adjacent to its upper edge, or at least along a major portion thereof.
在所描绘的示例中,示出了拉链装置200的一部分。第一拉链的一个半部200A被构造成与缝合到顶罩150上第一拉链(未示出)的相应半部相匹配,并且第二拉链200C的一个半部被构造成与缝合到织物盖223的第二拉链200D的相应半部相匹配。拉链装置200的这两个半部200A、200C可以被称为“外壳拉链半部200A、200C”,因为它们被缝合到上部座椅250并且被构造成分别提供到顶罩150和织物盖223的拉链连接。In the depicted example, a portion of a zipper arrangement 200 is shown. One half 200A of a first zipper is configured to mate with a corresponding half of a first zipper (not shown) sewn to the top cover 150, and one half of a second zipper 200C is configured to mate with a corresponding half of a second zipper 200D sewn to the fabric cover 223. These two halves 200A, 200C of the zipper arrangement 200 may be referred to as "shell zipper halves 200A, 200C" because they are sewn to the upper seat 250 and are configured to provide zipper connections to the top cover 150 and the fabric cover 223, respectively.
盖拉链被图示为处于部分紧固状态,从而在构造在拉链的拉头290上方的部分处,半部200C和半部200D被拉在一起,其中它们的齿相互啮合。在拉头下方,两个半部彼此分开。The cover zipper is shown in a partially fastened state, whereby half 200C and half 200D are drawn together with their teeth intermeshing at a portion constructed above the slider 290 of the zipper. Below the slider, the two halves are separated from each other.
针对顶罩拉链,仅示出了拉链的外壳半部200A,延伸到比盖拉链更短的距离(例如沿着侧壁204A的更短的距离)。在拉链齿的开始处示出了顶罩拉链的拉头292,拉链的起动器箱294位于所述拉链齿的开始处。For the top cover zipper, only the outer shell half 200A of the zipper is shown, extending to a shorter distance than the cover zipper (e.g., a shorter distance along the side wall 204A). The top cover zipper's puller 292 is shown at the beginning of the zipper teeth, where the zipper's starter box 294 is located.
构造成与顶罩150匹配的拉链半部200A可以最靠近外壳255的上边缘而被缝合,使得拉链半部200A沿着直接邻近并且平行于外壳255的上边缘的长度和路径而延伸。The zipper half 200A configured to mate with the top cover 150 may be sewn proximate the upper edge of the shell 255 such that the zipper half 200A extends along a length and path directly adjacent to and parallel to the upper edge of the shell 255 .
构造成与织物盖223相匹配的拉链半部200C可以与外壳拉链半部200A向内间隔开。Zipper half 200C, which is configured to mate with fabric cover 223, may be spaced inwardly from shell zipper half 200A.
在拉链装置的示例结构中,缝合到外壳的第一拉链和第二拉链的两个半部本身可以都缝合在一起。在图9中,盖的外壳拉链半部200C和顶罩的外壳拉链半部200A通过通常连续的织物带缝合在一起,使得外壳拉链半部200A、200C通常沿着它们的长度彼此相邻。在这种结构中,这些外壳拉链半部200A、200C中的每一个沿着它们的长度彼此间隔开,使得它们沿着通常彼此平行的相应路径以及上部座椅250的壳255的上边缘行进。被拉链到织物盖223的外壳拉链半部200C向内与被拉链到顶罩150的外壳拉链半部200A间隔开。In an example structure of a zipper arrangement, the two halves of the first zipper and the second zipper sewn to the shell can themselves all be sewn together. In FIG. 9 , the shell zipper half 200C of the cover and the shell zipper half 200A of the top cover are sewn together by a generally continuous fabric strip so that the shell zipper halves 200A, 200C are generally adjacent to each other along their lengths. In this structure, each of these shell zipper halves 200A, 200C is spaced apart from each other along their lengths so that they travel along corresponding paths generally parallel to each other and the upper edge of the shell 255 of the upper seat 250. The shell zipper half 200C zipped to the fabric cover 223 is spaced apart inwardly from the shell zipper half 200A zipped to the top cover 150.
外壳拉链半部的长度可以不同。例如,外壳拉链半部不必沿着座椅的上边缘延伸到相同程度。例如,构造成与盖的拉链半部匹配的外壳拉链半部可以沿着外壳的上边缘延伸到第一程度,该程度可以是上边缘的基本或整个长度。同时,构造成与顶罩的拉链半部匹配的外壳拉链半部可以沿着外壳的上边缘延伸至第二程度,其中,第一程度大于第二程度。换言之,被构造成被拉链到顶罩的拉链半部的长度可以比被构造成被拉链到织物座椅盖的拉链半部的长度短。拉链长度的这种差异对应于织物盖和顶罩的尺寸和放置。The lengths of the shell zipper halves can be different. For example, the shell zipper halves do not have to extend to the same extent along the upper edge of the seat. For example, the shell zipper halves configured to match the zipper halves of the cover can extend to a first extent along the upper edge of the shell, which extent can be substantially or the entire length of the upper edge. At the same time, the shell zipper halves configured to match the zipper halves of the top cover can extend to a second extent along the upper edge of the shell, wherein the first extent is greater than the second extent. In other words, the length of the zipper halves configured to be zipped to the top cover can be shorter than the length of the zipper halves configured to be zipped to the fabric seat cover. This difference in zipper length corresponds to the size and placement of the fabric cover and the top cover.
再次参考图9,上部座椅250的内侧被构造成基本上被应用到其上的织物盖223覆盖。这样,缝合到上部座椅250并且构造成被拉链到织物盖223的外壳拉链半部200C被构造成基本上围绕外壳255的整个上边缘延伸,使得织物盖223可以沿外壳拉链半部200C的整个长度被拉链,以便覆盖上部座椅250的内侧。Referring again to Fig. 9, the inside of the upper seat 250 is configured to be substantially covered by the fabric cover 223 applied thereto. Thus, the shell zipper half 200C, which is sewn to the upper seat 250 and configured to be zipped to the fabric cover 223, is configured to extend substantially around the entire upper edge of the shell 255, so that the fabric cover 223 can be zipped along the entire length of the shell zipper half 200C to cover the inside of the upper seat 250.
构造成提供太阳和/或雨保护的顶罩(未示出)150可以被设置成大致从上部座椅250的上部区域向外延伸,使得其在上部座椅250中延伸并且至少遮挡头部,如果不是婴儿身体的至少一部分的话。这样,参照图9,拉链到顶罩150的外壳拉链半部200A沿着外壳255的侧壁204的上边缘204’稍微向上开始。通过比较,拉链到织物盖223的外壳拉链半部200C基本上在外壳255的侧壁204的上边缘204’的最下部区域开始。换言之,被构造成拉链到顶罩150的外壳拉链半部200A沿着后壁213的上边缘213’延伸并且沿着每个侧壁204的相应上边缘204’向下延伸。至少,连接到顶罩的拉链半部的外壳拉链半部200A不会向下延伸到与构造成拉链到织物盖223的外壳拉链半部200C一样多的侧壁204的上边缘204’。这样,被构造成被拉链到顶罩150的外壳拉链半部200A被缝合到外壳255,使得它直接地邻近外壳255的上边缘。同时,被构造成被拉链到织物盖223的外壳拉链半部200C被缝合到外壳拉链半部200A,使得它沿着其长度与外壳拉链半部200A向内间隔开,因此拉链半部200C沿着与外壳拉链半部200A直接相邻并且向内间隔开的长度延伸。A top cover (not shown) 150 configured to provide sun and/or rain protection may be disposed to extend generally outwardly from an upper region of the upper seat 250 such that it extends within the upper seat 250 and shields at least the head, if not at least a portion of the infant's body. Thus, with reference to FIG. 9 , the shell zipper half 200A that zips to the top cover 150 begins slightly upward along the upper edge 204′ of the side wall 204 of the shell 255. By comparison, the shell zipper half 200C that zips to the fabric cover 223 begins substantially at the lowermost region of the upper edge 204′ of the side wall 204 of the shell 255. In other words, the shell zipper half 200A that is configured to zip to the top cover 150 extends along the upper edge 213′ of the rear wall 213 and extends downward along the respective upper edge 204′ of each side wall 204. At a minimum, the shell zipper half 200A connected to the zipper half of the top cover does not extend down to the upper edge 204′ of the side wall 204 as much as the shell zipper half 200C configured to be zipped to the fabric cover 223. Thus, the shell zipper half 200A configured to be zipped to the top cover 150 is sewn to the shell 255 such that it is directly adjacent to the upper edge of the shell 255. At the same time, the shell zipper half 200C configured to be zipped to the fabric cover 223 is sewn to the shell zipper half 200A such that it is spaced inwardly from the shell zipper half 200A along its length, so that the zipper half 200C extends along a length that is directly adjacent to and spaced inwardly from the shell zipper half 200A.
拉链装置的盖拉链和顶罩拉链构造成使得它们的紧固方向相反。在所示的示例中,顶罩拉链的拉头被构造成从侧壁204A开始被拉向侧壁204B(在该图中未示出),以便顶罩拉链被拉链成闭合;同时盖拉链的拉头被构造成沿相反方向从侧壁204B朝向侧壁204A拉出,以便盖拉链被拉链成闭合。因此,在侧壁204A处的顶罩拉链齿的开始处构造顶罩拉链的开始箱;并且在侧壁204B处的盖拉链齿的开始处构造盖拉链的开始箱。The cover zipper and the top cover zipper of the zipper device are configured so that their fastening directions are opposite. In the example shown, the slider of the top cover zipper is configured to be pulled from the side wall 204A toward the side wall 204B (not shown in this figure) so that the top cover zipper is zipped closed; while the slider of the cover zipper is configured to be pulled out from the side wall 204B toward the side wall 204A in the opposite direction so that the cover zipper is zipped closed. Therefore, the starting box of the top cover zipper is configured at the beginning of the top cover zipper teeth at the side wall 204A; and the starting box of the cover zipper is configured at the beginning of the cover zipper teeth at the side wall 204B.
图10还图示了拉链装置。顶罩拉链的外壳拉链半部200A至少部分地沿着外壳255的最外上边缘延伸。盖拉链的外壳拉链半部200C平行于外壳拉链半部200A并且与外壳拉链半部200A向内间隔开,并且沿着侧壁(这里示出了侧壁204A)延伸较长距离。Figure 10 also illustrates a zipper arrangement. The shell zipper half 200A of the top cover zipper extends at least partially along the outermost upper edge of the shell 255. The shell zipper half 200C of the lid zipper is parallel to and spaced inwardly from the shell zipper half 200A and extends a longer distance along the side wall (here side wall 204A is shown).
将外壳拉链半部200A、200C缝合到塑料外壳255。每个拉链半部通常包括可扑动齿部分300和基部(不可见),拉链半部通过该基部附接到外壳。在图10中,示出接缝302在拉链半部的可扑动部分下方延伸并且平行于外壳的最外上边缘。(在本示例中,外壳拉链半部200A的可扑动部分围绕接缝部分地折叠,使得接缝在折叠的可扑动部分的上方和下方是可见的。)Shell zipper halves 200A, 200C are sewn to plastic shell 255. Each zipper half generally includes a flappable teeth portion 300 and a base (not visible) by which the zipper half is attached to the shell. In FIG. 10 , seam 302 is shown extending below the flappable portion of the zipper half and parallel to the outermost upper edge of the shell. (In this example, the flappable portion of shell zipper half 200A is partially folded around the seam so that the seam is visible above and below the folded flappable portion.)
可选地,外壳拉链半部的基部至少部分地通过捆绑件例如织物捆绑件捆绑在一起。在一些实施例中,捆绑在一起的外壳拉链半部和它们的捆绑件的装置被装配在沿着靠近其上边缘的外壳所形成的指定的凹部例如阶梯状凹部内。在这种结构中,捆绑件可以与外壳上边缘对齐,使得它不会在外壳的外表面上方突出。与外壳拉链半部一起的捆绑件可以通过至少一个共同缝合接缝而连接到外壳。将捆绑件放置在凹部内的优点还可以在于,通过(由阶梯状凹部限定的)相对薄塑料层制作将捆绑件附接到塑料外壳的缝合接缝。Optionally, the base of the shell zipper halves is at least partially tied together by a binding, such as a fabric binding. In certain embodiments, the device of the shell zipper halves and their bindings that are tied together is assembled in a specified recess, such as a stepped recess, formed along the shell near its upper edge. In this structure, the binding can be aligned with the shell upper edge so that it does not protrude above the outer surface of the shell. The binding together with the shell zipper halves can be connected to the shell by at least one common sewing seam. The advantage of placing the binding in the recess can also be that the sewing seam that attaches the binding to the plastic shell is made by a relatively thin plastic layer (defined by the stepped recess).
在本示例中,在图10中图示了上述结构,其示出了沿着靠背的长度的横截面图,包括拉链装置的一部分。示出了顶罩拉链的外壳拉链半部200A和盖拉链的外壳拉链半部200C。每个外壳拉链半部都包括可扑动齿部分300(在该横截面图中仅出现每个外壳拉链半部的单个齿)和基部304。两个基部通过捆绑件306(例如,织物捆绑件、丝带或胶带)而捆绑在一起。可选地,基部彼此焊接。In this example, the above structure is illustrated in FIG. 10 , which shows a cross-sectional view along the length of the backrest, including a portion of the zipper arrangement. The shell zipper half 200A of the top cover zipper and the shell zipper half 200C of the cover zipper are shown. Each shell zipper half includes a flappable tooth portion 300 (only a single tooth of each shell zipper half appears in this cross-sectional view) and a base 304. The two bases are bound together by a binding 306 (e.g., a fabric binding, ribbon, or tape). Optionally, the bases are welded to each other.
将捆绑在一起的外壳拉链半部的装置被装配在形成于外壳255的塑料材料中的指定的阶梯状凹部308内,使得该装置不会突出到外壳的表面之外,从而限定平滑的外部轮廓。凹部308可以沿着外壳的最外上边缘的长度延伸。The device that binds the shell zipper halves together fits within a designated stepped recess 308 formed in the plastic material of the shell 255 so that the device does not protrude beyond the surface of the shell, thereby defining a smooth outer contour. The recess 308 can extend along the length of the outermost upper edge of the shell.
一个或多个缝合接缝(图11中未示出)将捆绑在一起的外壳拉链半部的装置缝合到外壳的塑料材料。如图所示的阶梯状凹部308包括:第一壁309,拉链装置(连同捆绑件一起)通过第一壁309(例如经由一个或多个缝合接缝)缝合到外壳;和横穿第一壁的第二壁311,其限定了设置凹部相对于外壳的外部面向后表面的深度的高度。包括外壳拉链半部的捆绑件的厚度可以类似于或小于由凹部所限定的深度,使得捆绑件不会从外壳表面向外突出。此外,由于外壳的厚度沿着凹部的第一壁减小,因此可以便于在该壁处将拉链装置缝合到外壳的塑料材料。One or more stitching seams (not shown in FIG. 11 ) stitch the arrangement of the bound shell zipper halves to the plastic material of the shell. The stepped recess 308 as shown includes: a first wall 309 through which the zipper arrangement (together with the binding) is stitched to the shell (e.g., via one or more stitching seams); and a second wall 311 that crosses the first wall and defines a height at which the depth of the recess is set relative to the outer rear-facing surface of the shell. The thickness of the binding comprising the shell zipper halves can be similar to or less than the depth defined by the recess so that the binding does not protrude outwardly from the shell surface. In addition, since the thickness of the shell decreases along the first wall of the recess, it can be facilitated to stitch the zipper arrangement to the plastic material of the shell at this wall.
回到图11,在该示例中,接缝302由两个接缝构成,其中第一内部接缝将外壳拉链半部的捆绑件和基部保持在一起,而第二外部接缝在凹部处将捆绑在一起的外壳拉链半部的装置保持到外壳的塑料材料。11 , in this example, seam 302 is comprised of two seams, with a first inner seam holding the binding and base of the shell zipper halves together, and a second outer seam holding the arrangement of the bound shell zipper halves to the plastic material of the shell at the recess.
根据当前公开的主题的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件可以当处于储存模式并且被定位在外部支撑表面上时在中性位置和前倾斜位置和后倾斜位置中的至少一个之间能够在外部支撑表面上摇摆。A convertible infant-safety car seat assembly according to the presently disclosed subject matter can be rockable on an external support surface between a neutral position and at least one of a forward reclined position and a rearward reclined position when in a storage mode and positioned on the external support surface.
通常,组件可以具有一个或多个最下部区域,这些区域在中性位置中可操作以接触外部支撑表面,该外部支撑表面可以是平台、地面、地板,或允许组件在其上定位和摇摆的任何其它合适表面。该组件还可以具有前部区域和后部区域中的至少一个,当该组件由于其摇摆而倾斜到前倾斜位置和后倾斜位置中相应的一个时,该前部区域和后部区域中的至少一个可操作地以接触外部支撑表面。例如,当组件处于中性位置时,前部区域和/或后部区域可以被定位在外部支撑表面以上,并且当组件倾斜(或者换句话说,摇摆)到其前倾斜位置和/或后倾斜位置时,前部区域和/或后部区域可以接触外部支撑表面。外部支撑表面通常可以想象地由参考面表示,当组件处于中性位置时,该参考面包括组件的一个或多个最下部区域,并且当组件处于相应的倾斜位置时,该参考面包括前部区域和/或后部区域。Typically, the component may have one or more lowermost regions that are operable in the neutral position to contact an external support surface, which may be a platform, ground, floor, or any other suitable surface that allows the component to be positioned and rocked thereon. The component may also have at least one of a front region and a rear region that is operable to contact the external support surface when the component is tilted to a corresponding one of a front tilted position and a rear tilted position due to its rocking. For example, when the component is in the neutral position, the front region and/or the rear region may be positioned above the external support surface, and when the component is tilted (or in other words, rocked) to its front tilted position and/or rear tilted position, the front region and/or the rear region may contact the external support surface. The external support surface may generally be conceivably represented by a reference surface that includes one or more lowermost regions of the component when the component is in the neutral position, and includes the front region and/or the rear region when the component is in the corresponding tilted position.
在一些情况下,一个或多个最下部区域可以包括以下中的至少一个:座椅最下部区域,即,当组件处于中性位置时的下部支撑件的最下部区域,和当组件处于中性位置时可以是支杆最下部区域(支杆的最下部区域)的组件的支杆的第一区域。例如,下部支撑件的最下部区域和支杆的最下部区域中的一个或两个可以构成当组件处于中性位置时的组件的一个或多个最下部区域。在任何情况下,支撑件的最下部区域,即座椅最下部区域在中性位置最靠近参考面,而不管它是否与之一致。换句话说,在组件的一个或多个最下部区域不包括座椅最下部区域的情况下,座椅最下部区域是最靠近参考面而定位的下部支撑件的区域。In some cases, the one or more lowermost regions may include at least one of: a lowermost region of the seat, i.e., a lowermost region of the lower support when the assembly is in the neutral position, and a first region of the strut of the assembly which may be a lowermost region of the strut (lowermost region of the strut) when the assembly is in the neutral position. For example, one or both of the lowermost region of the lower support and the lowermost region of the strut may constitute the one or more lowermost regions of the assembly when the assembly is in the neutral position. In any case, the lowermost region of the support, i.e., the lowermost region of the seat is closest to the reference plane in the neutral position, regardless of whether it is consistent with it. In other words, in the case where the one or more lowermost regions of the assembly do not include the lowermost region of the seat, the lowermost region of the seat is the region of the lower support that is positioned closest to the reference plane.
在一些情况下,组件的前部区域和/或后部区域可以由(一对前支杆和一对后支杆中的)至少一对支杆的至少一个第二区域构成,其在中性状态下可以被定位在外部支撑表面上方,并且在前倾斜位置和/或后倾斜位置可以可操作以例如借助于支杆的弯曲形状接触外部支撑表面。例如,支杆的(多个)第二区域可以比下部支撑件的相应前部和/或下部支撑件的后部在向前和/或向后的方向上进一步延伸,从而与只有下部支撑件参与其弯曲底部的摇摆的摇摆范围相比增加了组件的摇摆范围。摇摆的范围可以由当组件在中性位置和倾斜位置之间的摇摆的全循环中在外部支撑表面上摇摆时将接触外部支撑表面的组件的总面积或总弯曲长度来限定。In some cases, the front region and/or rear region of the assembly can be composed of at least one second region of at least one pair of struts (of a pair of front struts and a pair of rear struts) which can be positioned above the external support surface in the neutral state and can be operable to contact the external support surface, for example, by means of the curved shape of the struts, in the front tilted position and/or the rear tilted position. For example, the (multiple) second regions of the struts can extend further in the forward and/or rearward direction than the corresponding front of the lower support member and/or the rear of the lower support member, thereby increasing the swing range of the assembly compared to the swing range in which only the lower support member participates in the swing of its curved bottom. The range of swing can be defined by the total area or total bending length of the assembly that will contact the external support surface when the assembly swings on the external support surface in a full cycle of swing between the neutral position and the tilted position.
因此,(多个)第二区域和构成组件的(多个)最下部区域的区域一起构成连续弯曲形状,至少如在组件的侧视图所见。例如,在座椅最下部区域部分或全部地构成组件的最下部区域的情况下,座椅最下部区域和支杆的(多个)第二区域在组件的侧视图中构成连续弯曲形状。Thus, the second region(s) and the region constituting the lowermost region(s) of the assembly together constitute a continuous curved shape, at least as seen in a side view of the assembly. For example, in the case where the lowermost region of the seat partially or fully constitutes the lowermost region of the assembly, the lowermost region of the seat and the second region(s) of the strut constitute a continuous curved shape in a side view of the assembly.
实际上,支架的(多个)第二区域可以在(多个)第二区域中的每一个上具有摇摆参与部分。摇摆参与部分可以是支杆的至少一部分参与组件的摇摆的部分,或者换言之,至少在摇摆外部支撑表面的某一阶段接触支杆的该部分。In fact, the second region(s) of the support may have a rocking participation portion on each of the second region(s). The rocking participation portion may be a portion of at least a portion of the strut that participates in the rocking of the assembly, or in other words, a portion that contacts the strut at least at a certain stage of the rocking of the outer support surface.
具有(多个)第二区域的支杆还可以具有至少一个第三区域,该第三区域与第一区域和第二区域间隔开并且构成支杆的在组件在其上摇摆组件的任何阶段都不会接触外部支撑表面的那些区域。实际上,在摇摆组件的任何阶段可能不接触外部支撑表面的(多个)第三区域可以包括大部分支杆。(多个)摇摆参与部分可以由与第二区域(或至少摇摆参与部分)(如果(多个)第二区域(或至少摇摆参与部分)如果由制造(多个)第三区域的材料制成的话)所具有的摇摆质量相比改善(多个)第二区域(或至少摇摆参与部分)的至少一个摇摆质量的材料制成。例如,(多个)第三区域可以由不需要改善任何摇摆质量的材料制成,至少因为(多个)第三区域可以在摇摆组件的任何阶段不接触外部支撑表面。摇摆质量通常可以是参与为被定位在组件中的幼儿提供平滑和舒适体验的特性。The support bar having the second region(s) may also have at least one third region that is spaced apart from the first region and the second region and that constitutes those regions of the support bar that do not contact the external support surface at any stage of the assembly being rocked thereon. In fact, the third region(s) that may not contact the external support surface at any stage of the rocking assembly may include a majority of the support bar. The rocking participation portion(s) may be made of a material that improves at least one rocking quality of the second region(s) (or at least the rocking participation portion(s)) compared to the rocking quality possessed by the second region(s) (or at least the rocking participation portion(s) if the second region(s) (or at least the rocking participation portion(s)) is made of the material from which the third region(s) are made. For example, the third region(s) may be made of a material that does not need to improve any rocking quality, at least because the third region(s) may not contact the external support surface at any stage of the rocking assembly. The rocking quality may generally be a characteristic that participates in providing a smooth and comfortable experience for a young child positioned in the assembly.
在一些情况下,摇摆质量可以是较高摩擦能力,使得摇摆参与部分构成摩擦增加部分。在摇摆期间接触外部支撑表面的区域处的摩擦增加部分提供受控摇摆,例如速度、摇摆的程度(范围)、和防止组件在外部支撑表面上的无意滑动,从而为婴儿提供安全和舒适的摇摆体验。摩擦增加部分由其制成的材料可以具有比至少一个第三区域或在摇摆期间保持与外部支撑表面不接触的区域具有更高摩擦能力的材料。在这里应当理解,为了本说明书的目的,任何两种材料的摩擦能力之间的比较被认为是在所有那些可以影响摩擦能力的条件下进行的,例如对于相同的外部支撑表面。例如,制造摩擦增加部分的材料的摩擦能力高于任何其它材料意味着制造摩擦增加部分的材料的摩擦能力高于当在相同情况、物理特性和环境下使用相同的外部支撑表面所测量时的其它材料。换言之,摩擦增加部分的材料比(多个)第三区域(或支架的保持与外部支撑表面不接触的其它区域)和外部支撑表面之间存在的摩擦更有利于摩擦增加部分和外部支撑表面之间的摩擦。In some cases, the swing mass can be a high friction capacity, so that the swing participation portion constitutes a friction increase portion. The friction increase portion at the area that contacts the external support surface during swinging provides a controlled swing, such as speed, the degree (range) of swinging, and prevents the unintentional sliding of the component on the external support surface, thereby providing a safe and comfortable swing experience for the baby. The material from which the friction increase portion is made can have a material with a higher friction capacity than at least one third area or an area that remains out of contact with the external support surface during swinging. It should be understood here that for the purpose of this specification, the comparison between the friction capacity of any two materials is considered to be carried out under all those conditions that can affect the friction capacity, such as for the same external support surface. For example, the friction capacity of the material making the friction increase portion is higher than any other material, which means that the friction capacity of the material making the friction increase portion is higher than other materials when measured using the same external support surface under the same situation, physical properties and environment. In other words, the material of the friction increase portion is more conducive to the friction between the friction increase portion and the external support surface than the friction between (multiple) third areas (or other areas of the bracket that remain out of contact with the external support surface) and the external support surface.
在一些情况下,摇摆质量可以是柔软性的,使得摇摆参与部分构成软接触部分。在摇摆期间接触外部支撑表面的区域处的软接触部分提供了与外部支撑表面的更软的接触,从而例如通过在组件接近其倾斜位置时阻尼摇摆来更平滑和受控地摇摆。在这里应该理解的是,制造摩擦增加部分的材料可以诸如改善上述的摇摆质量,即,提供也用作软接触部分的摩擦增加部分。In some cases, the rocking mass may be flexible such that the rocking engagement portion constitutes a soft contact portion. The soft contact portion at the area that contacts the external support surface during rocking provides a softer contact with the external support surface, thereby providing a smoother and controlled rocking, for example by damping the rocking when the assembly approaches its tilted position. It should be understood here that the material from which the friction increasing portion is made may be such as to improve the rocking mass described above, i.e., to provide a friction increasing portion that also functions as a soft contact portion.
实际上,所有区域,例如一个或多个最下部区域,无论是由下部支撑件和支架中的任何一个还是两个构成,都可以具有与上述关于(多个)第二区域描述的部分类似的摇摆参与部分,并且上述关于(多个)第二区域所述的摇摆参与部分的所有描述将适用于组件的一个或多个最下部区域的摇摆参与部分。例如,组件的一个或多个最下部区域的摇摆参与部分可以由不同于组件的至少一个其它区域的材料制成(其在摇摆期间保持与外部支撑表面不接触,并且可以构成下部支撑件和支杆中的至少一个的大部分),并且可以诸如用于与所述摇摆参与部分(如果其由制造其它区域的材料制成)将具有的摇摆参与部分的摇摆质量相比改善至少一个摇摆质量。摇摆质量是以下中的至少一个:较高摩擦能力,使得摇摆参与部分以与上述关于(多个)第二区域相同的方式构成摩擦增加部分;以及柔软性,使得摇摆参与部分以与上述关于第二区域相同的方式构成软接触部分。一个或多个最下部区域的摇摆参与部分的材料可以与(多个)第二区域的摇摆参与部分的材料相同或不同。In fact, all regions, such as one or more lowermost regions, whether formed by either or both of the lower support and the bracket, can have a rocking participation portion similar to that described above with respect to the second region(s), and all descriptions of the rocking participation portion described above with respect to the second region(s) will apply to the rocking participation portion of the lowermost region(s) of the assembly. For example, the rocking participation portion of the lowermost region(s) of the assembly can be made of a material different from that of at least one other region of the assembly (which remains out of contact with the external support surface during rocking and can constitute a large portion of at least one of the lower support and the strut), and can be such as to improve at least one rocking quality compared to the rocking quality of the rocking participation portion that the rocking participation portion would have if it were made of the material of the other regions. The rocking quality is at least one of: a higher friction capacity, such that the rocking participation portion constitutes a friction increasing portion in the same manner as described above with respect to the second region(s); and softness, such that the rocking participation portion constitutes a soft contact portion in the same manner as described above with respect to the second region. The material of the rocking participation portion of the lowermost region(s) can be the same or different from the material of the rocking participation portion of the second region(s).
在一些情况下,保持与外部支撑表面不接触的区域的材料包括:塑料、铝或任何其它金属/合金或足够硬以为组件提供强度并且足够轻以使组件由人携带的任何其它材料。接触外部支撑表面的区域(摇摆参与部分)的材料可包括较软材料,例如橡胶或任何其它适于提供上述摇摆质量的材料。除了摇摆质量之外,摇摆参与部分的材料提供了抵抗/防止对支杆和/或下部支撑件的机械损坏的阻力/防止,例如由于磨损和撕裂,以及例如当外部支撑表面包括垫子或软上层时对外部支撑表面的机械损害,以及当组件定位在汽车的座椅上时对汽车的座椅的机械损坏。In some cases, the material of the area that remains out of contact with the external support surface includes: plastic, aluminum or any other metal/alloy or any other material that is hard enough to provide strength to the assembly and light enough to allow the assembly to be carried by a person. The material of the area that contacts the external support surface (the rocking participation portion) may include a softer material, such as rubber or any other material suitable for providing the above-mentioned rocking mass. In addition to the rocking mass, the material of the rocking participation portion provides resistance/prevention of mechanical damage to the struts and/or lower supports, such as due to wear and tear, and mechanical damage to the external support surface, such as when the external support surface includes a cushion or soft upper layer, and mechanical damage to the seat of the car when the assembly is positioned on the seat of the car.
在作为摇杆(rocker)的组件的操作期间,即,当组件在其储存模式中定位在外部支撑表面上并且在中性位置时,一个或多个最下部区域接触外部支撑表面(其与参考面重合)。当组件朝向其倾斜位置摇摆(倾斜/翘起)时,最初一个或多个最下部区域(由于它们的弯曲形状)参与摇摆。一旦(多个)第二区域与外部支撑表面接触,并且由于支杆的弯曲形状,它们允许组件朝向其倾斜位置进一步翘起,从而与只有一个或多个最下部区域参与其中的情况下的摇摆范围相比增加了摇摆范围。支杆的轮子构成用于约束组件在倾斜位置的摇摆的限位器,从而限制摇摆的范围和程度。在一些示例中,轮子可以从支杆可拆卸,并且在这些示例中,支杆的远端将用作限位器。远端的直径可以小于轮子的直径,因此当轮子拆卸时,可以进一步增加摇摆的范围。During operation of the assembly as a rocker, i.e. when the assembly is positioned on an external support surface in its storage mode and in a neutral position, one or more lowermost regions contact the external support surface (which coincides with the reference surface). When the assembly is rocked (tilted/tilted) towards its tilted position, initially one or more lowermost regions (due to their curved shape) participate in the rocking. Once the (multiple) second regions are in contact with the external support surface, and due to the curved shape of the strut, they allow the assembly to further tilt towards its tilted position, thereby increasing the rocking range compared to the rocking range in which only one or more lowermost regions participate. The wheels of the strut constitute a stopper for constraining the rocking of the assembly in the tilted position, thereby limiting the range and degree of rocking. In some examples, the wheels may be detachable from the strut, and in these examples, the distal end of the strut will serve as a stopper. The diameter of the distal end may be smaller than the diameter of the wheel, so that when the wheel is removed, the range of rocking can be further increased.
在图12A至12E所示的本示例中,可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件210已经被示出为处于其储存模式(类似于至少在图1A中示出的组件10的模式),并且可以具有操作模式(类似于至少在图1B至1D中示出组件10的模式)。组件210具有水平参考面234(这里也称为“基准面”、“参考面”和“水平基准面”,所有这些术语可互换使用),其在图12A至12D中表示外部支撑表面234,并且能够在中性位置(图12A和12D中所示)和后倾斜位置(图12B和12C中所示)之间在外部支撑表面234上摇摆。下部支撑件230包括:具有座椅最下部区域232的弯曲底部233,其在所图示的示例中构成组件210的一个或多个最下部区域中的一个。例如,如图12A和12D所示,在中性位置,参考面234包括座椅最下部区域232。下部支撑件230还包括后部238和前部239,弯曲底部233在后部238和前部239之间延伸并且至少部分地便于组件210的摇摆。In the present example shown in FIGS. 12A to 12E , the convertible infant safety car seat assembly 210 has been shown in its storage mode (similar to the mode of the assembly 10 shown in at least FIG. 1A ), and may have an operational mode (similar to the mode of the assembly 10 shown in at least FIGS. 1B to 1D ). The assembly 210 has a horizontal reference plane 234 (also referred to herein as a “reference plane,” “reference plane,” and “horizontal reference plane,” all of which are used interchangeably), which in FIGS. 12A to 12D represents the outer support surface 234, and is capable of rocking on the outer support surface 234 between a neutral position (shown in FIGS. 12A and 12D ) and a rearwardly tilted position (shown in FIGS. 12B and 12C ). The lower support member 230 includes a curved bottom 233 having a seat lowermost region 232, which in the illustrated example constitutes one of the one or more lowermost regions of the assembly 210. For example, as shown in FIGS. 12A and 12D , in the neutral position, the reference plane 234 includes the seat lowermost region 232. Lower support 230 also includes a rear portion 238 and a front portion 239 , with a curved bottom portion 233 extending between the rear portion 238 and the front portion 239 and at least partially facilitating rocking of assembly 210 .
上部座椅250包括与下部支撑件230的后部238相关联的后靠背部分252和与下部支撑件230的前部239相关联的前脚部分254。幼儿可以坐在上部座椅250中,其中他/她的脚朝向前脚部分254被定位并且向后朝向后靠背部分252被定位。The upper seat 250 includes a rear back portion 252 associated with the rear portion 238 of the lower support 230 and a front foot portion 254 associated with the front portion 239 of the lower support 230. A young child can sit in the upper seat 250 with his/her feet positioned toward the front foot portion 254 and rearwardly toward the rear back portion 252.
组件210还包括支架270,该支架270具有带轮子278的远端271和枢转地铰接到下部支撑件30的近端272,轮子278可拆卸地或固定地连接到支架270。支杆270能够在至少与组件的储存模式相关联的储存状态和至少与组件的操作模式相关联的操作状态之间操纵,在储存状态中,每个支杆的带轮子的至少一部分位于参考面234上方(如图12A至12D所示),在操作状态中,每个支杆的带轮子的至少所述部分位于参考面234下方,从而使得座椅组件能够通过所述轮子滚动,例如以上述关于组件10的支杆70的方式构成。The assembly 210 also includes a support 270 having a distal end 271 with wheels 278 and a proximal end 272 pivotally hinged to the lower support member 30, the wheels 278 being removably or fixedly connected to the support 270. The struts 270 are maneuverable between a storage state associated with at least a storage mode of the assembly, in which at least a portion of the wheels of each strut is located above the reference plane 234 (as shown in Figures 12A to 12D), and an operational state associated with at least an operational mode of the assembly, in which at least the portion of the wheels of each strut is located below the reference plane 234, thereby enabling the seat assembly to be rolled on the wheels, such as in the manner described above with respect to the struts 70 of the assembly 10.
支杆270构成一对前支杆270A和一对后支杆270B,在所图示的示例中,前支杆270A具有弯曲形状并且参与如下所述的组件的摇摆。应当理解,在一些示例中,除了前支杆之外或者作为对前支杆的替换,也可以形成后支杆以参与摇摆。The struts 270 constitute a pair of front struts 270A and a pair of rear struts 270B. In the illustrated example, the front struts 270A have a curved shape and participate in the rocking of the assembly as described below. It should be understood that in some examples, in addition to or as an alternative to the front struts, the rear struts can also be formed to participate in the rocking.
在本示例中,前支杆270A具有第一区域273,该区域也是支杆最下部区域273,在所图示的示例中,该区域还构成组件的一个或多个最下部区域中的另一个。例如,如图12A和12D所示,在中性位置,支杆的最下部区域273被定位在参考面234上方并且也与参考面234重合。在一些示例中,第一区域可以不构成支杆最下部区域,或者可以构成支杆最下部区域,但是可以不构成组件的一个或多个最下部区域。例如,第一区域可以位于参考面234上方并且不与其重合。In this example, the front strut 270A has a first region 273, which is also the strut lowermost region 273, and in the illustrated example, this region also constitutes another of the one or more lowermost regions of the assembly. For example, as shown in Figures 12A and 12D, in the neutral position, the strut lowermost region 273 is positioned above the reference surface 234 and also coincides with the reference surface 234. In some examples, the first region may not constitute the strut lowermost region, or may constitute the strut lowermost region, but may not constitute one or more lowermost regions of the assembly. For example, the first region may be located above the reference surface 234 and not coincide with it.
在本示例中,前支杆270A具有第二区域275,其也构成组件210的后区域275并且因此参与组件的摇摆。例如,如图12B和12C所示,在后倾斜位置,第二区域275与参考面234重合,即,可操作以当组件被定位在外部支撑表面234上并且处于后倾斜位置时接触外部支撑表面234。第二区域275进一步沿下部支撑件230的后部238的向后方向RD延伸,并且与组件的一个或多个最下部区域构成连续弯曲形状(在图12E中最佳示出),在所图示的示例中,该最下部区域在组件210的侧视图中包括座椅最下部区域232和前支杆270A的第一区域273。在所图示的示例中,由于第一区域273也参与组件的摇摆,所以第二区域275与第一区域273相邻,并且甚至可以与其部分地重叠。在一些示例中,第一区域和第二区域可以是间隔开的。In this example, the front strut 270A has a second region 275, which also constitutes the rear region 275 of the assembly 210 and thus participates in the rocking of the assembly. For example, as shown in Figures 12B and 12C, in the rearward tilted position, the second region 275 coincides with the reference surface 234, that is, it is operable to contact the outer support surface 234 when the assembly is positioned on the outer support surface 234 and is in the rearward tilted position. The second region 275 further extends in the rearward direction RD of the rear portion 238 of the lower support member 230 and constitutes a continuous curved shape with one or more lowermost regions of the assembly (best shown in Figure 12E), which in the illustrated example includes the lowermost seat region 232 and the first region 273 of the front strut 270A in the side view of the assembly 210. In the illustrated example, since the first region 273 also participates in the rocking of the assembly, the second region 275 is adjacent to the first region 273 and may even partially overlap it. In some examples, the first region and the second region may be spaced apart.
在本示例中,前支杆270A具有与第一区域273以及第二区域275间隔开的第三区域277。在这里应当理解,尽管在所图示的示例中,第三区域277被示出为背向参考面234,但是在一些示例中,其可以面对参考面234并且可以被定位在支杆的在摇摆期间不会接触外部支撑表面的部分处,例如在支杆的远端处或其附近,所述支杆的远端可能由于轮子的存在而不会接触外部支撑表面。实际上,支架的任何这样的区域可以构成在组件的摇摆期间不会接触外部支撑表面的第三区域。In this example, the front strut 270A has a third region 277 spaced apart from the first region 273 and the second region 275. It should be understood here that although in the illustrated example, the third region 277 is shown facing away from the reference surface 234, in some examples, it can face the reference surface 234 and can be located at a portion of the strut that will not contact the external support surface during rocking, such as at or near the distal end of the strut, which may not contact the external support surface due to the presence of the wheels. In fact, any such region of the support can constitute a third region that will not contact the external support surface during rocking of the assembly.
前支杆270A可以由第一材料制成,该材料也可以是制成第三区域277的材料。实际上,第三区域277可以构成前支杆270A的大部分。第二区域275具有由不同于第一材料的第二材料制成的摇摆参与部分275A。与摇摆参与部分275A由第一材料制成时所具有的摇摆参与部分275A相比,第二材料诸如改善摇摆参与部分275A的至少一个摇摆质量。例如,与第一材料相比,第二材料可以具有更高的摩擦能力和/或可以比第一材料软。因此,摇摆参与部分275A可以构成摩擦增加部分和/或软接触部分。The front strut 270A can be made of a first material, which can also be the material from which the third region 277 is made. In fact, the third region 277 can constitute a majority of the front strut 270A. The second region 275 has a swing participation portion 275A made of a second material different from the first material. The second material, for example, improves at least one swing quality of the swing participation portion 275A compared to the swing participation portion 275A when the swing participation portion 275A is made of the first material. For example, the second material can have a higher friction capacity and/or can be softer than the first material compared to the first material. Therefore, the swing participation portion 275A can constitute a friction increasing portion and/or a soft contact portion.
下部支撑件230包括与座椅最下部区域232间隔开的另一个区域240。这里应当理解,尽管在所图示的示例中,其它区域240被示出为不面向参考面234,但是在一些示例中,它可以面向参考面234,并且可以被定位在下部支撑件的在摇摆期间不会接触外部支撑表面的部分处,例如在弯曲底部233处,在可能不会接触外部支撑表面的部分处,例如,由于座椅最下部区域232被形成为相对于弯曲底部233的其它部分朝向参考面突出。弯曲底部的这种其它部分可以构成其它区域。另一个区域240可以与第三区域277一起考虑,至少因为这两个区域都表示支杆和下部支撑件的那些区域,在组件在外部支撑表面上的摇摆期间,这些区域将保持与外部支撑表面不接触。因此,另一个区域240可以构成支杆270A和下部支撑件240的大部分。The lower support 230 includes another area 240 spaced apart from the lowermost area 232 of the seat. It should be understood here that although in the illustrated example, the other area 240 is shown as not facing the reference surface 234, in some examples, it can face the reference surface 234 and can be located at a portion of the lower support that will not contact the external support surface during rocking, such as at the curved bottom 233, at a portion that may not contact the external support surface, for example, because the lowermost area 232 of the seat is formed to protrude toward the reference surface relative to other portions of the curved bottom 233. Such other portions of the curved bottom can constitute other areas. The other area 240 can be considered together with the third area 277, at least because both areas represent those areas of the strut and the lower support that will remain out of contact with the external support surface during rocking of the assembly on the external support surface. Therefore, the other area 240 can constitute a large portion of the strut 270A and the lower support 240.
下部支撑件230可以由第三材料制成,该材料也可以是制成另一个区域240的材料。座椅最下部区域232具有由不同于第三材料的第四材料制成的摇摆参与部分232A。与摇摆参与部分232A由第三材料制成时摇摆参与部分232A所具有的摇摆质量相比,第四材料诸如改善摇摆参与部分232A的至少一个摇摆质量。例如,与第三材料相比,第四材料可以具有更高的摩擦能力和/或可以比第三材料软。因此,摇摆参与部分232A可以构成摩擦增加部分和/或软接触部分。The lower support 230 may be made of a third material, which may also be the material from which the other region 240 is made. The lowermost region 232 of the seat has a rocking participation portion 232A made of a fourth material different from the third material. The fourth material, for example, improves at least one rocking quality of the rocking participation portion 232A compared to the rocking quality that the rocking participation portion 232A would have if the rocking participation portion 232A were made of the third material. For example, the fourth material may have a higher friction capability than the third material and/or may be softer than the third material. Thus, the rocking participation portion 232A may constitute a friction increasing portion and/or a soft contact portion.
在本示例中,由于前支杆270A的第一区域273也构成组件210的一个或多个最下部区域并且参与其摇摆,所以第一区域还具有摇摆参与部分273A,该摇摆参与部分273A由不同于第一材料和第三材料的第五材料制成。与摇摆参与部分273A由第一材料或第三材料制成时的摇摆参与部分273A所具有摇摆质量相比,第五材料诸如改善摇摆参与部分273A的至少一个摇摆质量。例如,与第一材料和第三材料相比,第五材料可以具有更高的摩擦能力,和/或可以比第一材料和第三材料软。因此,摇摆参与部分273A可以构成摩擦增加部分和/或软接触部分。In this example, since the first region 273 of the front strut 270A also constitutes one or more lowermost regions of the assembly 210 and participates in its swing, the first region also has a swing participation portion 273A, which is made of a fifth material different from the first material and the third material. Compared with the swing quality of the swing participation portion 273A when the swing participation portion 273A is made of the first material or the third material, the fifth material improves at least one swing quality of the swing participation portion 273A. For example, compared with the first material and the third material, the fifth material can have a higher friction capacity and/or can be softer than the first material and the third material. Therefore, the swing participation portion 273A can constitute a friction increasing portion and/or a soft contact portion.
这里应当理解,第一材料和第三材料可以相同或不同,并且可以包括塑料、铝、或任何其它金属/合金或任何其它足够硬以为组件提供强度并且足够轻以使组件由人携带的材料。第二材料、第四材料和第五材料可以相同或不同,并且可以包括较软的材料,例如橡胶或任何其它适于提供上述摇摆质量的材料。实际上,在本示例中,第一区域273的摇摆参与部分273A和第二区域的摇摆参与部分275A连续地形成在前支杆270A面向参考面234的面上。It should be understood here that the first material and the third material can be the same or different and can include plastic, aluminum, or any other metal/alloy or any other material that is hard enough to provide strength to the assembly and light enough to allow the assembly to be carried by a person. The second material, the fourth material, and the fifth material can be the same or different and can include softer materials, such as rubber or any other material suitable for providing the above-mentioned rocking quality. In fact, in this example, the rocking participation portion 273A of the first area 273 and the rocking participation portion 275A of the second area are continuously formed on the surface of the front support rod 270A facing the reference surface 234.
在本示例中,摇摆参与部分已经被示出为附接到相应部件(支杆和下部支撑件)的衬垫的形式。这里应该理解的是,一些或所有的摇摆参与部分可以被形成在相应部件内,而不是以衬垫的形式连接到相应部件。例如,下部支撑件和/或支杆可以包括凹部,以在其中接收摇摆参与部分。在一些示例中,一些或所有的摇摆参与部分可以与相应部件一体地形成。在一些示例中,摇摆参与部分中的一些或全部可以与相应部件一体地形成。In the present example, the swing participation portions have been shown in the form of pads attached to the respective components (struts and lower support members). It should be understood here that some or all of the swing participation portions may be formed within the respective components rather than being connected to the respective components in the form of pads. For example, the lower support member and/or the struts may include recesses to receive the swing participation portions therein. In some examples, some or all of the swing participation portions may be integrally formed with the respective components. In some examples, some or all of the swing participation portions may be integrally formed with the respective components.
在作为摇杆的组件210的操作期间,即,当组件210在其储存模式被定位在外部支撑表面上并且在中性位置时,下部支撑件230的弯曲底部233的最下部区域232和第一区域273接触外部支撑表面(其与参考面234重合)。当组件210朝其后倾斜位置摇摆(倾斜/翘起)时,最初弯曲底部233(由于其弯曲形状)和第一区域273参与摇摆。一旦下部支撑件230的后部238与外部支撑表面接触,同时第二区域275(比后部238进一步向后延伸并且是弯曲的)与外部支撑表面接触,并且由于前支杆270A的弯曲形状,允许组件210朝向其后倾斜位置进一步翘起,从而与只有下部支撑件参与其中的摆动范围相比增加了摆动范围。前支杆270A的轮子286A构成用于约束组件在后倾斜位置中的摇摆的限位器,从而限制摇摆的范围和程度。在一些实施例中(如图13A至13F所示),轮子286A可以从支杆可拆卸,并且在这些示例中,远端271将用作限位器。远端271的直径小于轮子286A的直径,因此当轮子拆卸时,进一步增大摇摆的范围。During operation of the assembly 210 as a rocker, i.e., when the assembly 210 is positioned on the external support surface in its storage mode and in the neutral position, the lowermost region 232 and the first region 273 of the curved bottom 233 of the lower support 230 contact the external support surface (which coincides with the reference plane 234). When the assembly 210 rocks (tilts/tilts) toward its rearward tilted position, initially the curved bottom 233 (due to its curved shape) and the first region 273 participate in the rocking. Once the rear portion 238 of the lower support 230 is in contact with the external support surface, simultaneously the second region 275 (which extends further rearward than the rear portion 238 and is curved) is in contact with the external support surface and, due to the curved shape of the front strut 270A, the assembly 210 is allowed to tilt further toward its rearward tilted position, thereby increasing the range of rocking compared to the range in which only the lower support participates. The wheels 286A of the front strut 270A constitute a stopper for constraining the rocking of the assembly in the rearward tilted position, thereby limiting the range and degree of rocking. In some embodiments (as shown in Figures 13A to 13F), the wheel 286A can be detachable from the support rod, and in these examples, the distal end 271 will act as a stop. The diameter of the distal end 271 is smaller than the diameter of the wheel 286A, so when the wheel is removed, the range of swing is further increased.
根据当前公开的主题的可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件可以包括通过快速释放机构连接到相应支杆的一个或多个轮子。例如,当座椅组件用于其汽车座椅安装模式或储存模式时,这种轮子可以从该组件可拆卸。轮子可以拆卸以当组件被定位在汽车中时防止坐在座椅组件附近的儿童或者汽车自身的座椅受到来自轮子的污物/损坏/伤害。The convertible infant safety car seat assembly according to the presently disclosed subject matter may include one or more wheels connected to corresponding struts by a quick release mechanism. For example, such wheels may be removable from the assembly when the seat assembly is used in its car seat installation mode or storage mode. The wheels may be removable to prevent a child sitting near the seat assembly or the seat of the car itself from dirt/damage/injury from the wheels when the assembly is positioned in a car.
在图13A至13F所示的本示例中,可转换式婴儿安全汽车座椅组件210包括:下部支撑件230,其具有后部238和前部239以及穿过下部支撑件230的最下部区域232(在此也称为座椅最下部区域232)的水平参考面234。上部座椅250连接到下部支撑件230,使得上部座椅250的靠背部分252连接到下部支撑件230的后部238并且上部座椅250的脚部分254连接到下部支撑件230的前部239。In the present example shown in FIGS. 13A to 13F , the convertible infant safety car seat assembly 210 includes a lower support 230 having a rear portion 238 and a front portion 239 and a horizontal reference plane 234 passing through a lowermost region 232 (also referred to herein as a seat lowermost region 232) of the lower support 230. An upper seat 250 is connected to the lower support 230 such that a backrest portion 252 of the upper seat 250 is connected to the rear portion 238 of the lower support 230 and a foot portion 254 of the upper seat 250 is connected to the front portion 239 of the lower support 230.
组件10还包括具有轮子286的支杆270,这些支杆270能够在图13A至13E所示的储存状态和操作状态之间操纵。在这里应当理解,支杆270可以包括上面关于组件10描述的支杆70的一些或全部特征,并且至少关于支杆70在储存状态和操作状态之间的操作的描述也适用于支杆270,并且为了本说明书的简洁起见,在这里不再重复。例如,在支杆270的储存状态中,轮子286位于参考面234上方,并且组件210适于定位在汽车内或定位在支撑表面上适于将幼儿固定在其中的位置处,并且在支杆270的操作状态中,轮子286可以位于参考面234下方,从而使得座椅组件210能够通过轮子286滚动。The assembly 10 also includes a support rod 270 having wheels 286 that can be manipulated between the storage state and the operating state shown in Figures 13A to 13E. It should be understood that the support rod 270 can include some or all of the features of the support rod 70 described above with respect to the assembly 10, and at least the description of the operation of the support rod 70 between the storage state and the operating state also applies to the support rod 270, and for the sake of brevity of this specification, it is not repeated here. For example, in the storage state of the support rod 270, the wheels 286 are located above the reference surface 234, and the assembly 210 is suitable for being positioned in an automobile or positioned on a support surface in a position suitable for securing a child therein, and in the operating state of the support rod 270, the wheels 286 can be located below the reference surface 234, so that the seat assembly 210 can be rolled by the wheels 286.
支杆270构成具有前轮286A的一对前支杆270A和具有后轮286B的一对后支杆270B。通常,支杆270的该对前支杆270A和该对后支杆270B中的至少一个以类似于支杆70的方式可以能够朝向靠背部分252向后枢转,以便从操作状态操纵到储存状态,从而在储存状态中,轮子286被定位成比脚部分254更靠近靠背部分252。在本示例中,该对前支杆270A和该对后支杆270B都可以能够朝向靠背部分252向后枢转,以便从操作状态操纵到储存状态,从而在储存状态中,轮子286被定位成比脚部分254更靠近靠背部分252。在一些示例中,只有该对前支杆270A可以能够向后枢转,并且在储存状态中,前轮286A被定位成比脚部分254更靠近靠背部分252。The struts 270 constitute a pair of front struts 270A having front wheels 286A and a pair of rear struts 270B having rear wheels 286B. Typically, at least one of the pair of front struts 270A and the pair of rear struts 270B of the struts 270 may be capable of pivoting rearwardly toward the backrest portion 252 in a manner similar to the struts 70 to maneuver from the operational state to the storage state, whereby in the storage state the wheels 286 are positioned closer to the backrest portion 252 than the foot portion 254. In this example, both the pair of front struts 270A and the pair of rear struts 270B may be capable of pivoting rearwardly toward the backrest portion 252 to maneuver from the operational state to the storage state, whereby in the storage state the wheels 286 are positioned closer to the backrest portion 252 than the foot portion 254. In some examples, only the pair of front struts 270A may be able to pivot rearwardly, and in the stored state, the front wheels 286A are positioned closer to the back portion 252 than the foot portion 254 .
在本示例中,如在图13C所见,在支杆270的储存中,前轮286A相对于下部支撑件230向侧面(在箭头LT所示的横向方向上)突出到比组件210的后视图(图13C)中的后轮286B更大的程度。在本示例中,前轮286A通过快速释放机构连接到前支杆270A。在一些示例中,后轮286B也可以通过具有任何合适结构的快速释放机构连接到后支杆270B,以允许后轮的连接和拆卸,同时允许轮子在连接时滚动。In this example, as seen in FIG. 13C , in storage of the strut 270, the front wheel 286A protrudes laterally (in the lateral direction indicated by the arrow LT) relative to the lower support 230 to a greater extent than the rear wheel 286B in the rear view ( FIG. 13C ) of the assembly 210. In this example, the front wheel 286A is connected to the front strut 270A by a quick release mechanism. In some examples, the rear wheel 286B may also be connected to the rear strut 270B by a quick release mechanism having any suitable structure to allow the connection and removal of the rear wheel while allowing the wheel to roll when connected.
通常,前轮286A可以通过快速释放机构而连接到前支杆270A,该快速释放机构允许在相对于下部支撑件230侧向延伸的(例如平行于箭头LT所示的横向方向的)轮子移除方向上移除轮子。在将组件定位在汽车中之后,在侧向方向移除轮子允许坐在汽车中邻近组件的人移除轮子。Typically, the front wheel 286A can be connected to the front strut 270A by a quick release mechanism that allows the wheel to be removed in a wheel removal direction extending laterally (e.g., parallel to the lateral direction indicated by arrow LT) relative to the lower support 230. Removing the wheel in the lateral direction allows a person sitting adjacent to the assembly in the vehicle to remove the wheel after the assembly is positioned in the vehicle.
每个前轮可以以相同的方式可拆卸地连接到其相应支杆,然而,为了简洁起见,这里只描述了一个前轮。前轮286A可以包括支杆连接元件,当轮子连接到相应支杆时,该支杆连接元件将沿着轮子移除方向延伸,并且相应前支杆270A可以包括沿着轮子移除方向延伸的轮子连接元件。支杆连接元件和轮子连接元件可以构成快速释放机构,并且可以具有任何合适结构以允许彼此可拆卸地连接,从而允许轮子与支杆连接元件一起相对于轮子连接元件围绕平行于轮子移除方向的轮子旋转轴线旋转。例如,支杆连接元件和轮子连接元件可以构成一对细长凹部和细长突起,其中一个可以在轮子上而另一个可以在支杆上。在一些示例中,支杆连接元件和轮子连接元件可以构成机械连接装置、电连接装置或磁连接装置的两个部件,它们彼此可拆卸地连接,从而允许轮子相对于支杆的旋转。Each front wheel can be detachably connected to its corresponding pole in the same manner, yet, for the sake of brevity, only a front wheel is described here.Front wheel 286A can include pole connecting element, and when wheel is connected to corresponding pole, this pole connecting element will extend along wheel removal direction, and corresponding front pole 270A can include wheel connecting element extending along wheel removal direction.Pole connecting element and wheel connecting element can constitute quick release mechanism, and can have any suitable structure to allow to be detachably connected to each other, thereby allow wheel to rotate with pole connecting element around the wheel rotation axis parallel to wheel removal direction relative to wheel connecting element.For example, pole connecting element and wheel connecting element can constitute a pair of elongated recesses and elongated protrusions, one of which can be on wheel and another can be on pole.In some examples, pole connecting element and wheel connecting element can constitute two parts of mechanical connecting device, electrical connecting device or magnetic connecting device, and they are detachably connected to each other, thereby allow wheel relative to the rotation of pole.
快速释放机构包括释放致动器,用于致动支杆连接元件从轮子连接元件释放。例如,释放致动器可以是按钮或杠杆的形式(机械的或电子的/电的),其可以由用户致动以移除轮子。释放致动器可以被定位在支杆或轮子处的适于用户接近释放致动器的任何位置处并且足够隐藏以防止轮子的释放的无意致动。The quick release mechanism includes a release actuator for actuating the release of the strut connection element from the wheel connection element. For example, the release actuator can be in the form of a button or lever (mechanical or electronic/electrical) that can be actuated by the user to remove the wheel. The release actuator can be positioned at any position at the strut or wheel that is suitable for user access to the release actuator and is sufficiently hidden to prevent unintentional actuation of the release of the wheel.
在本示例中,当前轮286A连接到支杆270A时,前轮286A具有细长突起形式的支杆连接元件287,该细长突起平行于轮子移除方向WR延伸。前支杆270A包括细长凹部形式的细长轮子连接元件288,该细长凹部平行于轮子移除方向延伸。突起287和凹部288构成允许轮子绕轮子旋转轴线WA的旋转的快速释放机构。为了将前轮286A连接到前支杆270A,突起287被插入到凹部288中,该突起287锁定在该凹部288中,从而将轮子286A牢固地连接到支杆270A并且允许前轮286A相对于前支杆270A旋转。In this example, when the front wheel 286A is connected to the support rod 270A, the front wheel 286A has a support rod connection element 287 in the form of an elongated projection, which extends parallel to the wheel removal direction WR. The front support rod 270A includes an elongated wheel connection element 288 in the form of an elongated recess, which extends parallel to the wheel removal direction. The projection 287 and the recess 288 constitute a quick release mechanism that allows the wheel to rotate around the wheel rotation axis WA. In order for the front wheel 286A to be connected to the front support rod 270A, the projection 287 is inserted into the recess 288, and the projection 287 is locked in the recess 288, thereby the wheel 286A is securely connected to the support rod 270A and the front wheel 286A is allowed to rotate relative to the front support rod 270A.
快速释放机构包括释放致动器289,其形式为被定位在前支杆270A中的按钮。为了将轮子286A从支杆270A拆卸,按钮289被按压,其通过将突起287从凹部288释放来致动轮子286A的释放,然后轮子286A可以在轮子移除方向WR被移除。The quick release mechanism includes a release actuator 289 in the form of a button positioned in the front strut 270A. To remove the wheel 286A from the strut 270A, the button 289 is pressed, which actuates the release of the wheel 286A by releasing the protrusion 287 from the recess 288, and the wheel 286A can then be removed in the wheel removal direction WR.
通常,轮子286包括:滚动区域,该滚动区域被构造成当组件210借助于轮子286在其上滚动时与支撑表面接触;以及剩余区域,该剩余区域被构造成当组件在其上滚动时不与支撑表面接触。轮子286可以包括轮子保持部分,该轮子保持部分位于剩余区域并且适于由用户保持以至少用于将轮子286从相应支杆270移除。剩余区域可以在轮子的中心处或靠近轮子的中心,并且轮子保持部分可以由中心盘或其一部分构成。轮子保持部分允许用户保持轮子,例如用于在不接触轮子的脏滚动区域的情况下将轮子从支杆移除。Typically, the wheel 286 includes a rolling area that is configured to contact a support surface when the assembly 210 rolls thereon with the aid of the wheel 286; and a residual area that is configured not to contact the support surface when the assembly rolls thereon. The wheel 286 may include a wheel retaining portion that is located in the residual area and is suitable for being retained by a user for at least removing the wheel 286 from the corresponding support rod 270. The residual area may be at or near the center of the wheel, and the wheel retaining portion may be composed of a center disk or a portion thereof. The wheel retaining portion allows the user to retain the wheel, for example, for removing the wheel from the support rod without contacting the dirty rolling area of the wheel.
在本示例中,前轮286A包括滚动区域293和具有轮子保持部分295A的剩余区域295,该轮子保持部分295A适于由用户保持以至少用于将轮子286A从相应前支杆270A移除。In the present example, the front wheel 286A includes a rolling region 293 and a remaining region 295 having a wheel retaining portion 295A adapted to be retained by a user at least for removal of the wheel 286A from the corresponding front strut 270A.
Claims (30)
Priority Applications (2)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202511243675.3A CN120792629A (en) | 2023-01-09 | 2023-11-29 | Convertible infant car seat assembly |
| CN202511243727.7A CN120792630A (en) | 2023-01-09 | 2023-11-29 | Convertible infant safety car seat assembly |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
| Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
|---|---|---|---|
| IL299781 | 2023-01-09 | ||
| IL299773 | 2023-01-09 | ||
| IL299780 | 2023-01-09 | ||
| IL299781A IL299781B2 (en) | 2023-01-09 | 2023-01-09 | Convertible baby safety car seat assembly |
Related Child Applications (2)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202511243727.7A Division CN120792630A (en) | 2023-01-09 | 2023-11-29 | Convertible infant safety car seat assembly |
| CN202511243675.3A Division CN120792629A (en) | 2023-01-09 | 2023-11-29 | Convertible infant car seat assembly |
Publications (1)
| Publication Number | Publication Date |
|---|---|
| CN118306280A true CN118306280A (en) | 2024-07-09 |
Family
ID=91719917
Family Applications (1)
| Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
|---|---|---|---|
| CN202311619044.8A Pending CN118306280A (en) | 2023-01-09 | 2023-11-29 | Convertible infant safety car seat assembly |
Country Status (2)
| Country | Link |
|---|---|
| CN (1) | CN118306280A (en) |
| IL (1) | IL299781B2 (en) |
Family Cites Families (3)
| Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
|---|---|---|---|---|
| US6012184A (en) * | 1998-01-09 | 2000-01-11 | Childers; Katherine E. | Child seat cover |
| US20100072793A1 (en) * | 2008-06-11 | 2010-03-25 | Kress Alisa K | Baby Seat With Detachable Cover |
| US20100109391A1 (en) * | 2008-11-03 | 2010-05-06 | Cathy Berry | Protective cover for baby carrier |
-
2023
- 2023-01-09 IL IL299781A patent/IL299781B2/en unknown
- 2023-11-29 CN CN202311619044.8A patent/CN118306280A/en active Pending
Also Published As
| Publication number | Publication date |
|---|---|
| IL299781B1 (en) | 2024-10-01 |
| IL299781B2 (en) | 2025-02-01 |
| IL299781A (en) | 2024-08-01 |
Similar Documents
| Publication | Publication Date | Title |
|---|---|---|
| JP2018520050A (en) | Folding wagon | |
| CN205034194U (en) | Multi -functional passenger's loader | |
| TW201111213A (en) | Carrier and baby carriage | |
| US20030227157A1 (en) | Stroller | |
| TWI649079B (en) | A mobile support assembly (1) | |
| KR100364558B1 (en) | Walking support car like shopping -cart for aged men | |
| CN221642338U (en) | Convertible Infant Safety Car Seat Components | |
| CN117445776A (en) | Child carrier capable of being used in multiple scene switching mode | |
| CN118306280A (en) | Convertible infant safety car seat assembly | |
| JP6938071B1 (en) | baby carriage | |
| TWI891006B (en) | Limiting device and child carrier | |
| KR101799331B1 (en) | Stroller | |
| WO2025113611A1 (en) | Child carrier capable of switching between multiple scenarios | |
| RU228953U1 (en) | Convertible Child Car Seat Unit | |
| CN120792629A (en) | Convertible infant car seat assembly | |
| TWI893667B (en) | Standing board and child carrier | |
| TWI896982B (en) | Foldable carrier, carrier frame of child carrying device, and child carrying device | |
| TW200911594A (en) | Baby carriage | |
| JP2007098996A (en) | Baby carriage | |
| CN223290913U (en) | Strollers | |
| IL299780A (en) | Safety seat with wheels for a baby | |
| IL320006A (en) | Baby car seat with wheels | |
| CN222876069U (en) | A multifunctional children's product that is convenient to use | |
| WO2025185517A1 (en) | Child stroller, and seating unit and handlebar assembly therefor | |
| TW202513374A (en) | Stroller |
Legal Events
| Date | Code | Title | Description |
|---|---|---|---|
| PB01 | Publication | ||
| PB01 | Publication | ||
| REG | Reference to a national code |
Ref country code: HK Ref legal event code: DE Ref document number: 40109460 Country of ref document: HK |
|
| SE01 | Entry into force of request for substantive examination |